Notice of Availability of the Document Entitled Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment, 17766-17817 [05-6642]
Download as PDF
17766
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY
[FRL–7895–2]
Notice of Availability of the Document
Entitled Guidelines for Carcinogen
Risk Assessment
U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Notice of availability of final
document.
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: This Notice announces the
availability of the final document,
Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk
Assessment (EPA/630/P–03/001F),
hereafter referred to as the Guidelines.
These Guidelines were developed as
part of an Agency-wide guidelines
development program by a Technical
Panel of the U.S. EPA’s Risk Assessment
Forum, which was composed of
scientists from throughout the Agency.
Selected drafts were peer reviewed
internally by the U.S. EPA’s Science
Advisory Board, and by experts from
universities, environmental groups,
industry and other governmental
agencies. The Guidelines were also
subjected to several public comment
periods. Issuance of these final
Guidelines fulfills EPA’s obligations
under section 112(o) (7) of the Clean Air
Act.
DATES: The Guidelines are available for
use by EPA risk assessors as March 29,
2005.
ADDRESSES: This Notice contains the
full Guidelines document. The
Guidelines also are available
electronically through the EPA Web site
at https://www.epa.gov/cancerguidelines.
A limited number of paper and CDROM
copies will be available from the EPA’s
National Service Center for
Environmental Publications (NSCEP),
P.O. Box 42419, Cincinnati, OH 45242;
telephone: (800) 490–9198 or (513) 489–
8190; facsimile: (513) 489–8695. Please
provide your name, mailing address and
the title and number of the requested
EPA publication (EPA/630/P–03–001F).
Additionally, copies of the Guidelines
will be available for inspection at EPA
headquarters and regional libraries,
through the U.S. Government
Depository Library program.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Dr.
William P. Wood, Risk Assessment
Forum, National Center for
Environmental Assessment (8601D),
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington DC 20460, telephone: (202)
564–3361; facsimile: (202) 565–0062; or
e-mail: risk.forum@epamail.epa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: In the
1983 Risk Assessment in the Federal
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
Government: Managing the Process, the
National Academy of Sciences
recommended that Federal regulatory
agencies establish ‘‘inference
guidelines’’ to promote consistency and
technical quality in risk assessment, and
to ensure that the risk assessment
process is maintained as a scientific
effort separate from risk management. A
task force within EPA accepted that
recommendation and requested that
EPA scientists begin to develop such
guidelines. In 1984, EPA scientists
began work on risk assessment
guidelines for carcinogenicity,
mutagenicity, suspect developmental
toxicants, chemical mixtures and
exposure assessment. Following
extensive scientific and public review,
these five guidelines were issued on
September 24, 1986 (51 FR 33992–
34054). Since 1986, additional risk
assessment guidelines have been
developed, revised and supplemented.
EPA continues to revisit the
guidelines as experience and scientific
consensus evolve. In 1996, the Agency
published proposed revisions to EPA’s
1986 cancer guidelines for public
comment. Since the 1996 proposal, the
document has undergone extensive
public comment and scientific peer
review, including three reviews by
EPA’s Science Advisory Board (SAB) in
February 1997, January 1999 and July
1999. The July 1999 review panel was
supplemented by the EPA Children’s
Health Protection Advisory Committee.
Public comments were received
concurrent to each of these reviews. In
2001 (66 FR 59593, November 29, 2001)
an additional public comment period
was held requesting new information
gained through the use of the July 1999
draft final revised guidelines on issues
including, but not limited to, the nature
and use of default assumptions;
definition and application of hazard
descriptors; identification of
carcinogenic mode(s) of action and, in
particular, consideration of relevancy
for children (e.g., the potential for
differential life stage susceptibility); and
guidance on the use of the margin of
exposure analysis. The notice also
announced that the July 1999 draft final
revised guidelines would serve as EPA’s
interim guidance to EPA risk assessors
preparing cancer risk assessment, until
the issuance of final guidelines. In May
2003 EPA made available for public
comment a revised draft of the
guidelines, and in February 2005 the
guidelines underwent interagency
review. The final Guidelines issued
today are based, in part, upon the
recommendations derived from public
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
comments, workshops and
recommendations of the SAB.
CAA section 112(o)(7) provides ‘‘[t]he
Administrator shall consider, but need
not adopt, the recommendations
contained in the report of the National
Academy of Sciences prepared pursuant
to this subsection and the views of the
Science Advisory Board, with respect to
such report. Prior to the promulgation of
any standard under [CAA section
112(f)], and after notice and opportunity
for comment, the Administrator shall
publish revised Guidelines for
Carcinogenic Risk Assessment or a
detailed explanation of the reasons that
any recommendations contained in the
report of the National Academy of
Sciences will not be implemented.’’
In response to CAA section 112(o)(7),
the 1994 National Research Council
(NRC) report, and continuing
developments in the science of cancer
risk assessment, EPA began the process
of revising its Guidelines for Carcinogen
Risk Assessment. Revisions to the
Guidelines were intended to make
greater use of the increasing scientific
understanding of the mechanisms that
underlie the carcinogenic process.
Several drafts of revisions to the
Guidelines have been subject to
extensive public comment and scientific
peer review, including three reviews by
EPA’s SAB, as discussed above. EPA
considered the 1994 recommendations
of the NRC on the Guidelines. EPA’s
approach to those NRC
recommendations is reflected in the
Guidelines. Draft EPA responses to the
NRC recommendations were presented
in the preamble to the 1996 draft of
these revised Guidelines (61 FR 18003,
April 23, 1996). By issuing the final
Guidelines which address the
recommendations of the NRC, EPA has
fulfilled its responsibilities under CAA
section 112(o)(7).
Features of the Guidelines
The Guidelines are intended to make
greater use of the increasing scientific
understanding of the mechanisms that
underlie the carcinogenic process. The
final guidelines include discussions of
all of the four steps of the risk
assessment process and provide
guidance to risk assessors on these
steps. In applying these principles to the
development of these Guidelines, the
following key issues were highlighted:
use of default options, the consideration
of mode of action, understanding of
biological changes, fuller
characterization of carcinogenic
potential, and consideration of
differences in susceptibility.
Use of default options—Default
options are approaches that EPA can
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
apply in risk assessments when
scientific information about the effects
of an agent on human health is
unavailable, limited, or of insufficient
quality. Under the final Guidelines,
EPA’s approach begins with a critical
analysis of available information, and
then invokes defaults if needed to
address uncertainty or the absence of
critical information.
Consideration of mode of action—
Cancer refers to a group of diseases
involving abnormal, malignant tissue
growth. Research has revealed that the
development of cancer involves a
complex series of steps and that
carcinogens may operate in a number of
different ways. The final Guidelines
emphasize the value of understanding
the biological changes and how these
changes might lead to the development
of cancer. They also discuss ways to
evaluate and use such information,
including information about an agent’s
postulated mode of action, or the series
of steps and processes that lead to
cancer formation. Mode-of-action data,
when available and of sufficient quality,
may be used to draw conclusions about
the potency of a chemical, its potential
effects at low doses, whether findings in
animals are relevant to humans, and
which populations or lifestages may be
particularly susceptible.
Fuller characterization of
carcinogenic potential—In the final
Guidelines, an agent’s human
carcinogenic potential is described in a
weight-of-evidence narrative. The
narrative summarizes the full range of
available evidence and describes any
conditions associated with conclusions
about an agent’s hazard potential. For
example, the narrative may explain that
a chemical appears to be carcinogenic
by some routes of exposure but not by
others (e.g., by inhalation but not
ingestion). Similarly, a hazard may be
attributed to exposures during sensitive
life-stages of development but not at
other times. The narrative also
summarizes uncertainties and key
default options that have been invoked.
To provide additional clarity and
consistency in weight-of-evidence
narratives, the Guidelines present a set
of weight-of-evidence descriptors that
accompany the narratives. The
Guidelines emphasize that risk
managers should consider the full range
of information in the narratives and not
focus exclusively on the descriptors. As
in the case of the narratives, descriptors
may apply only to certain routes of
exposure, dose ranges and durations of
exposure.
Consideration of differences in
susceptibility—The Guidelines
explicitly recognize that variation may
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
exist among people in their
susceptibility to carcinogens. Some
subpopulations may experience
increased susceptibility to carcinogens
throughout their life, such as people
who have inherited predisposition to
certain cancer types or reduced capacity
to repair genetic damage. Also, during
certain lifestages the entire population
may experience heightened
susceptibility to carcinogens. In
particular, EPA notes that childhood
may be a lifestage of greater
susceptibility for a number of reasons:
rapid growth and development that
occurs prenatally and after birth,
differences related to an immature
metabolic system, and differences in
diet and behavior patterns that may
increase exposure.
The final Guidelines explicitly call for
consideration of possible sensitive
subpopulations and/or lifestages (such
as childhood). Therefore, concurrent
with release of the final Guidelines, EPA
published a separate guidance, entitled
Supplemental Guidance for Assessing
Susceptibility from Early-Life Exposure
to Carcinogens (EPA/630/R–03/003F),
hereafter referred to as the
Supplemental Guidance, describing
possible approaches that could be used
to assess risks resulting from early life
exposure to potential carcinogens. The
Supplemental Guidance is separate from
the Guidelines so that it may be more
easily updated in a timely manner given
the expected rapid evolution of
scientific understanding about the
effects of early-life exposures.
Availability of the Supplemental
Guidance is announced in a separate
notice, also published in today’s
Federal Register.
Risk Assessment Guidelines at EPA
These Guidelines set forth principles
and procedures to guide EPA scientists
in the conduct of cancer risk
assessments and to inform Agency
decision makers and the public about
these procedures. Policies in this
document are intended as internal
guidance for EPA. So risk assessors and
risk managers at EPA are the primary
audience. These Guidelines also provide
basic information to the public about
EPA’s risk assessment methods. In
particular, the Guidelines emphasize
that risk assessments should be
conducted on a case-by-case basis,
giving full consideration to all relevant
scientific information. This approach
means that Agency experts study
scientific information on each agent
under review and use the most
scientifically appropriate interpretation
to assess risk. The Guidelines also stress
that this information be fully presented
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17767
in Agency risk assessment documents,
and that Agency scientists identify the
strengths and weaknesses of each
assessment by describing uncertainties,
assumptions and limitations, as well as
the scientific basis and rationale for
each assessment. The Guidelines are
formulated in part to bridge gaps in risk
assessment methodology and data. By
identifying these gaps and the
importance of the missing information
to the risk assessment process, EPA
wishes to encourage research and
analysis that will lead to new risk
assessment methods and data.
The Guidelines are guidance only.
They do not establish any substantive
‘‘rules’’ under the Administrative
Procedure Act or any other law and
have no binding effect on EPA or any
regulated entity, but instead will
represent a non-binding statement of
policy. EPA believes that the Guidelines
represent a sound and up-to-date
approach to cancer risk assessment and
enhance the application of the best
available science in EPA’s risk
assessments. However, EPA cancer risk
assessments may be conducted
differently than envisioned in the
Guidelines for many reasons, including
(but not limited to) new information,
new scientific understanding or new
science policy judgment. The science of
risk assessment continues to develop
rapidly, and specific components of the
Guidelines may become outdated or
may otherwise require modification in
individual settings. Use of the
Guidelines in future risk assessments
will be based on decisions by EPA that
approaches from the Guidelines are
suitable and appropriate in the context
of those particular risk assessments.
These judgments will be tested through
peer review, and risk assessments will
be modified to use different approaches
if appropriate.
Even though the Guidelines are not
binding rules, EPA is issuing them in a
manner consistent with the procedures
in the Administrative Procedure Act
that are generally applicable to
rulemaking, including providing
opportunity for public comment. EPA
considered and responded to all
significant public comments as it
prepared the Guidelines and will send
a copy of the final Guidelines to
Congress. EPA certifies that the
Guidelines will not have a significant
impact on a substantial number of small
entities, because the Guidelines are for
the benefit of EPA and impose no
requirements or costs on small entities.
Implementation
Beginning today, Guidelines and
Supplemental Guidance serve as EPA’s
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17768
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
recommendation to Agency risk
assessors preparing cancer risk
assessments. As EPA prepares cancer
assessments under the Integrated Risk
Information System (IRIS) program, as
well as in other EPA programs, the
Agency intends to begin to use the
Guidelines and Supplemental Guidance.
EPA also intends to consider the
Guidelines and Supplemental Guidance
along with other selection factors when
EPA selects agents for reassessment in
annual IRIS agendas (see for example,
70 FR 10616, March 4, 2005).
Dated: March 29, 2005.
Stephen L. Johnson,
Acting Administrator.
Contents
1. Introduction
1.1. Purpose and Scope of the Guidelines
1.2. Organization and Application of the
Guidelines
1.2.1. Organization
1.2.2. Application
1.3. Key Features of the Cancer Guidelines
1.3.1. Critical Analysis of Available
Information as the Starting Point for
Evaluation
1.3.2. Mode of Action
1.3.3. Weight of Evidence Narrative
1.3.4. Dose-response Assessment
1.3.5. Susceptible Populations and
Lifestages
1.3.6. Evaluating Risks from Childhood
Exposures
1.3.7. Emphasis on Characterization
2. Hazard Assessment
2.1. Overview of Hazard Assessment and
Characterization
2.1.1. Analyses of Data
2.1.2. Presentation of Results
2.2. Analysis of Tumor Data
2.2.1. Human Data
2.2.1.1. Assessment of Evidence of
Carcinogenicity From Human Data
2.2.1.2. Types of Studies
2.2.1.3. Exposure Issues
2.2.1.4. Biological Markers
2.2.1.5. Confounding Actors
2.2.1.6. Statistical Considerations
2.2.1.6.1. Likelihood of Observing an Effect
2.2.1.6.2. Sampling and Other Bias Issues
2.2.1.6.3. Combining Statistical Evidence
Across Studies
2.2.1.7. Evidence for Causality
2.2.2. Animal Data
2.2.2.1. Long-term Carcinogenicity Studies
2.2.2.1.1. Dosing Issues
2.2.2.1.2. Statistical Considerations
2.2.2.1.3. Concurrent and Historical
Controls
2.2.2.1.4. Assessment of Evidence of
Carcinogenicity From Long-term Animal
Studies
2.2.2.1.5. Site Concordance
2.2.2.2. Perinatal Carcinogenicity Studies
2.2.2.3. Other Studies
2.2.3. Structural Analogue Data
2.3. Analysis of Other Key Data
2.3.1. Physicochemical Properties
2.3.2. Structure-Activity Relationships
2.3.3. Comparative Metabolism and
Toxicokinetics
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
2.3.4. Toxicological and Clinical Findings
2.3.5. Events Relevant to Mode of
Carcinogenic Action
2.3.5.1. Direct DNA-Reactive Effects
2.3.5.2. Indirect DNA Effects or Other
Effects on Genes/Gene Expression
2.3.5.3. Precursor Events and Biomarker
Information
2.3.5.4. Judging Data
2.4. Mode of Action—General
Considerations and Framework for
Analysis
2.4.1. General Considerations
2.4.2. Evaluating a Hypothesized Mode of
Action
2.4.2.1. Peer Review
2.4.2.2. Use of the Framework
2.4.3. Framework for Evaluating Each
Hypothesized Carcinogenic Mode of
Action
2.4.3.1. Description of the Hypothesized
Mode of Action
2.4.3.2. Discussion of the Experimental
Support for the Hypothesized Mode of
Action
2.4.3.3. Consideration of the Possibility of
Other Modes of Action
2.4.3.4. Conclusions About the
Hypothesized Mode of Action
2.4.4. Evolution with Experience
2.5. Weight of Evidence Narrative
2.6. Hazard Characterization
3. Dose-Response Assessment
3.1. Analysis of Dose
3.1.1. Standardizing Different Experimental
Dosing Regimens
3.1.2. Toxicokinetic Data and Modeling
3.1.3. Cross-species Scaling Procedures
3.1.3.1. Oral Exposures
3.1.3.2. Inhalation Exposures
3.1.4. Route Extrapolation
3.2. Analysis in the Range of Observation
3.2.1. Epidemiologic Studies
3.2.2. Toxicodynamic (‘‘Biologically
Based’’) Modeling
3.2.3. Empirical Modeling (‘‘Curve
Fitting’’)
3.2.4. Point of Departure (POD)
3.2.5. Characterizing the POD: The POD
Narrative
3.2.6. Relative Potency Factors
3.3. Extrapolation to Lower Doses
3.3.1. Choosing an Extrapolation Approach
3.3.2. Extrapolation Using a
Toxicodynamic Model
3.3.3. Extrapolation Using a Low-dose
Linear Model
3.3.4. Nonlinear Extrapolation to Lower
Doses
3.3.5. Comparing and Combining Multiple
Extrapolations
3.4. Extrapolation to Different Human
Exposure Scenarios
3.5. Extrapolation to Susceptible
Populations and Lifestages
3.6. Uncertainty
3.7. Dose-Response Characterization
4. Exposure Assessment
4.1. Defining the Assessment Questions
4.2. Selecting or Developing the
Conceptual and Mathematical Models
4.3. Collecting Data or Selecting and
Evaluating Available Data
4.3.1. Adjusting Unit Risks for Highly
Exposed Populations and Lifestages
4.4. Exposure Characterization
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
5. Risk Characterization
5.1. Purpose
5.2. Application
5.3. Presentation of the Risk
Characterization Summary
5.4. Content of the Risk Characterization
Summary
Appendix: Major Default Options
Appendix B: EPA’s Guidance for Data
Quality Assessment
References
List of Figures
Figure 1–1. Flow chart for early-life risk
assessment using mode of action
framework
Figure 3–1. Compatibility of Alternative
Points of Departure with Observed and
Modeled Tumor Incidences
Figure 3–2. Crossing between 10% and 1%
Dose-Response Curves for Bladder
Carcinomas and Liver Carcinomas
Induced by 2–AAF
1. Introduction
1.1. Purpose and Scope of the
Guidelines
These guidelines revise and replace
the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency’s (EPA’s, or the Agency’s)
Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk
Assessment, published in 51 FR 33992,
September 24, 1986 (U.S. EPA, 1986a)
and the 1999 interim final guidelines
(U.S. EPA, 1999a; see U.S. EPA 2001b).
They provide EPA staff with guidance
for developing and using risk
assessments. They also provide basic
information to the public about the
Agency’s risk assessment methods.
These cancer guidelines are used with
other risk assessment guidelines, such
as the Guidelines for Mutagenicity Risk
Assessment (U.S. EPA, 1986b) and the
Guidelines for Exposure Assessment
(U.S. EPA, 1992a). Consideration of
other Agency guidance documents is
also important in assessing cancer risks
where procedures for evaluating specific
target organ effects have been developed
(e.g., assessment of thyroid follicular
cell tumors, U.S. EPA, 1998a). All of
EPA’s guidelines should be consulted
when conducting a risk assessment in
order to ensure that information from
studies on carcinogenesis and other
health effects are considered together in
the overall characterization of risk. This
is particularly true in the case in which
a precursor effect for a tumor is also a
precursor or endpoint of other health
effects or when there is a concern for a
particular susceptible life-stage for
which the Agency has developed
guidance, for example, Guidelines for
Developmental Toxicity Risk
Assessment (U.S. EPA, 1991a). The
developmental guidelines discuss
hazards to children that may result from
exposures during preconception and
prenatal or postnatal development to
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
sexual maturity. Similar guidelines exist
for reproductive toxicant risk
assessments (U.S. EPA, 1996a) and for
neurotoxicity risk assessment (U.S. EPA,
1998b). The overall characterization of
risk is conducted within the context of
broader policies and guidance such as
Executive Order 13045, ‘‘Protection of
Children From Environmental Health
Risks and Safety Risks’’ (Executive
Order 13045, 1997) which is the
primary directive to Federal agencies
and departments to identify and assess
environmental health risks and safety
risks that may disproportionately affect
children.
The cancer guidelines encourage both
consistency in the procedures that
support scientific components of
Agency decision making and flexibility
to allow incorporation of innovations
and contemporaneous scientific
concepts. In balancing these goals, the
Agency relies on established scientific
peer review processes (U.S. EPA, 2000a;
OMB 2004). The cancer guidelines
incorporate basic principles and science
policies based on evaluation of the
currently available information. The
Agency intends to revise these cancer
guidelines when substantial changes are
necessary. As more information about
carcinogenesis develops, the need may
arise to make appropriate changes in
risk assessment guidance. In the
interim, the Agency intends to issue
special reports, after appropriate peer
review, to supplement and update
guidance on single topics (e.g., U.S.
EPA, 1991b). One such guidance
document, Supplemental Guidance for
Assessing Susceptibility from Early-Life
Exposure to Carcinogens
(‘‘Supplemental Guidance’’), was
developed in conjunction with these
cancer guidelines (U.S. EPA., 2005).
Because both the methodology and the
data in the Supplemental Guidance (see
Section 1.3.6) are expected to evolve
more rapidly than the issues addressed
in these cancer guidelines, the two were
developed as separate documents. The
Supplemental Guidance, however, as
well as any other relevant (including
subsequent) guidance documents,
should be considered along with these
cancer guidelines as risk assessments for
carcinogens are generated. The use of
supplemental guidance, such as the
Supplemental Guidance for Assessing
Cancer Susceptibility from Early-life
Exposure to Carcinogens, has the
advantage of allowing the Supplemental
Guidance to be modified as more data
become available. Thus, the
consideration of new, peer-reviewed
scientific understanding and data in an
assessment can always be consistent
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
with the purposes of these cancer
guidelines.
These cancer guidelines are intended
as guidance only. They do not establish
any substantive ‘‘rules’’ under the
Administrative Procedure Act or any
other law and have no binding effect on
EPA or any regulated entity, but instead
represent a non-binding statement of
policy. EPA believes that the cancer
guidelines represent a sound and up-todate approach to cancer risk assessment,
and the cancer guidelines enhance the
application of the best available science
in EPA’s risk assessments. However,
EPA cancer risk assessments may be
conducted differently than envisioned
in the cancer guidelines for many
reasons, including (but not limited to)
new information, new scientific
understanding, or new science policy
judgment. The science of risk
assessment continues to develop
rapidly, and specific components of the
cancer guidelines may become outdated
or may otherwise require modification
in individual settings. Use of the cancer
guidelines in future risk assessments
will be based on decisions by EPA that
the approaches are suitable and
appropriate in the context of those
particular risk assessments. These
judgments will be tested through peer
review, and risk assessments will be
modified to use different approaches if
appropriate.
1.2. Organization and Application of the
Cancer Guidelines
1.2.1. Organization
Publications by the Office of Science
and Technology (OSTP, 1985) and the
National Research Council (NRC) (NRC,
1983, 1994) provide information and
general principles about risk
assessment. Risk assessment uses
available scientific information on the
properties of an agent 1 and its effects in
biological systems to provide an
evaluation of the potential for harm as
a consequence of environmental
exposure. The 1983 and 1994 NRC
documents organize risk assessment
information into four areas: Hazard
identification, dose-response
assessment, exposure assessment, and
risk characterization. This structure
appears in these cancer guidelines, with
additional emphasis placed on
characterization of evidence and
conclusions in each area of the
assessment. In particular, the cancer
guidelines adopt the approach of the
NRC’s 1994 report in adding a
1 The term ‘‘agent’’ refers generally to any
chemical substance, mixture, or physical or
biological entity being assessed, unless otherwise
noted (See Section 1.2.2 for a note on radiation.).
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17769
dimension of characterization to the
hazard identification step: an evaluation
of the conditions under which its
expression is anticipated. Risk
assessment questions addressed in these
cancer guidelines are as follows.
• For hazard—Can the identified
agent present a carcinogenic hazard to
humans and, if so, under what
circumstances?
• For dose response—At what levels
of exposure might effects occur?
• For exposure—What are the
conditions of human exposure?
• For risk—What is the character of
the risk? How well do data support
conclusions about the nature and extent
of the risk from various exposures?
The risk characterization process first
summarizes findings on hazard, dose
response, and exposure
characterizations and then develops an
integrative analysis of the whole risk
case. It ends in the writing of a technical
risk characterization. Other documents,
such as summaries for the risk managers
and the public, reflecting the key points
of the risk characterization are usually
written. A summary for managers is a
presentation for those who may or may
not be familiar with the scientific details
of cancer assessment. It also provides
information for other interested readers.
The initial steps in the risk
characterization process are to make
building blocks in the form of
characterizations of the assessments of
hazard, dose response, and exposure.
The individual assessments and
characterizations are then integrated to
arrive at risk estimates for exposure
scenarios of interest. As part of the
characterization process, explicit
evaluations are made of the hazard and
risk potential for susceptible lifestages,
including children (U.S. EPA, 1995,
2000b).
The 1994 NRC document also
explicitly called attention to the role of
the risk assessment process in
identifying scientific uncertainties that,
if addressed, could serve to reduce their
uncertainty in future iterations of the
risk assessment. NRC recommended that
when the Agency ‘‘reports estimates of
risk to decisions-makers and the public,
it should present not only point
estimates of risk, but also the sources
and magnitudes of uncertainty
associated with these estimates’’ (p. 15).
Thus, the identified uncertainties serve
as a feedback loop to the research
community and decisionmakers,
specifying areas and types of
information that would be particularly
useful.
There are several reasons for
individually characterizing the hazard,
dose response, and exposure
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17770
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
assessments. One is that they are often
done by different people than those who
do the integrative analyses. The second
is that there is very often a lapse of time
between the conduct of hazard and
dose-response analyses and the conduct
of exposure assessment and integrative
analysis. Thus, it is important to capture
characterizations of assessments as the
assessments are done to avoid the need
to go back and reconstruct them.
Finally, frequently a single hazard
assessment is used by several programs
for several different exposure scenarios.
There may be one or several documents
involved. ‘‘Integrative analysis’’ is a
generic term; and many documents that
have other titles may contain integrative
analyses. In the following sections, the
elements of these characterizations are
discussed.
1.2.2. Application
The cancer guidelines apply within
the framework of policies provided by
applicable EPA statutes and do not alter
such policies.
• The cancer guidelines cover the
assessment of available data. They do
not imply that one kind of data or
another is prerequisite for regulatory
action concerning any agent. It is
important that, when evaluating and
considering the use of any data, EPA
analysts incorporate the basic standards
of quality, as defined by the EPA
Information Quality Guidelines (U.S.
EPA, 2002a see Appendix B) and other
Agency guidance on data quality such
as the EPA Quality Manual for
Environmental Programs (U.S. EPA,
2000e), as well as OMB Guidelines for
Ensuring and Maximizing the Quality,
Utility, and Integrity of Information
Disseminated by Federal Agencies
(OMB, 2002). It is very important that
all analyses consider the basic standards
of quality, including objectivity, utility,
and integrity. A summary of the factors
and considerations generally used by
the Agency when evaluating and
considering the use of scientific and
technical information is contained in
EPA’s A Summary of General
Assessment Factors for Evaluating the
Quality of Scientific and Technical
Information (U.S. EPA, 2003).
• Risk management applies directives
in statutes, which may require
consideration of potential risk or solely
hazard or exposure potential, along with
social, economic, technical, and other
factors in decision making. Risk
assessments may be used to support
decisions, but in order to maintain their
integrity as decision-making tools, they
are not influenced by consideration of
the social or economic consequences of
regulatory action.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
The assessment of risk from radiation
sources is informed by the continuing
examination of human data by the
National Academy of Sciences/NRC in
its series of numbered reports:
‘‘Biological Effects of Ionizing
Radiation.’’ Although some of the
general principles of these cancer
guidelines may also apply to radiation
risk assessments, some of the details of
their risk assessment procedures may
not, as they are most focused on other
kinds of agents. Therefore, these cancer
guidelines are not intended to provide
the primary source of, or guidance for,
the Agency’s evaluation of the
carcinogenic risks of radiation.
Not every EPA assessment has the
same scope or depth, a factor recognized
by the National Academy of Sciences
(NRC, 1996). For example, EPA’s
Information Quality Guidelines (U.S.
EPA, 2002a, see Appendix B) discuss
influential information that ‘‘will have
or does have a clear and substantial
impact * * * on important public
policies or private sector decisions
* * * that should adhere to a rigorous
standard of quality.’’ It is often difficult
to know a priori how the results of a risk
assessment are likely to be used by the
Agency. Some risk assessments may be
used by Agency economists and policy
analysts, and the necessary information
for such analyses, as discussed in detail
later in this document, should be
included when practicable (U.S. EPA,
2002a). On the other hand, Agency staff
often conduct screening-level
assessments for priority setting or
separate assessments of hazard or
exposure for ranking purposes or to
decide whether to invest resources in
collecting data for a full assessment.
Moreover, a given assessment of hazard
and dose response may be used with
more than one exposure assessment that
may be conducted separately and at
different times as the need arises in
studying environmental problems
related to various exposure media. The
cancer guidelines apply to these various
situations in appropriate detail, given
the scope and depth of the particular
assessment. For example, a screening
assessment may be based almost
entirely on structure-activity
relationships (SARs) and default
options, when other data are not readily
available. When more data and
resources are readily available,
assessments can use a critical analysis
of all of the available data as the starting
point of the risk assessment. Under
these conditions, default options would
only be used to address uncertainties or
the absence of critical data. Default
options are inferences based on general
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
scientific knowledge of the phenomena
in question and are also matters of
policy concerning the appropriate way
to bridge uncertainties that concern
potential risk to human health.
These cancer guidelines do not
suggest that all of the kinds of data
covered here will need to be available
or used for either assessment or decision
making. The level of detail of an
assessment is a matter of Agency
management discretion regarding
applicable decision-making needs. The
Agency generally presumes that key
cancer information (e.g., assessments
contained in the Agency’s Integrated
Risk Information System) is ‘‘influential
information’’ as defined by the EPA
Information Quality Guidelines and
‘‘highly influential’’ as defined by
OMB’s Information Quality Bulletin for
Peer Review (OMB 2004).
1.3. Key Features of the Cancer
Guidelines
1.3.1. Critical Analysis of Available
Information as the Starting Point for
Evaluation
As an increasing understanding of
carcinogenesis is becoming available,
these cancer guidelines adopt a view of
default options that is consistent with
EPA’s mission to protect human health
while adhering to the tenets of sound
science. Rather than viewing default
options as the starting point from which
departures may be justified by new
scientific information, these cancer
guidelines view a critical analysis of all
of the available information that is
relevant to assessing the carcinogenic
risk as the starting point from which a
default option may be invoked if needed
to address uncertainty or the absence of
critical information. Preference is given
to using information that has been peer
reviewed, e.g., reported in peerreviewed scientific journals. The
primary goal of EPA actions is
protection of human health;
accordingly, as an Agency policy, risk
assessment procedures, including
default options that are used in the
absence of scientific data to the
contrary, should be health protective
(U.S. EPA, 1999b).
Use of health protective risk
assessment procedures as described in
these cancer guidelines means that
estimates, while uncertain, are more
likely to overstate than understate
hazard and/or risk. NRC (1994)
reaffirmed the use of default options as
‘‘a reasonable way to cope with
uncertainty about the choice of
appropriate models or theory’’ (p. 104).
NRC saw the need to treat uncertainty
in a predictable way that is
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
‘‘scientifically defensible, consistent
with the agency’s statutory mission, and
responsive to the needs of decisionmakers’’ (p. 86). The extent of health
protection provided to the public
ultimately depends upon what risk
managers decide is the appropriate
course of regulatory action. When risk
assessments are performed using only
one set of procedures, it may be difficult
for risk managers to determine how
much health protectiveness is built into
a particular hazard determination or risk
characterization. When there are
alternative procedures having
significant biological support, the
Agency encourages assessments to be
performed using these alternative
procedures, if feasible, in order to shed
light on the uncertainties in the
assessment, recognizing that the Agency
may decide to give greater weight to one
set of procedures than another in a
specific assessment or management
decision.
Encouraging risk assessors to be
receptive to new scientific information,
NRC discussed the need for departures
from default options when a ‘‘sufficient
showing’’ is made. It called on EPA to
articulate clearly its criteria for a
departure so that decisions to depart
from default options would be
‘‘scientifically credible and receive
public acceptance’’ (p. 91). It was
concerned that ad hoc departures would
undercut the scientific credibility of a
risk assessment. NRC envisioned that
principles for choosing and departing
from default options would balance
several objectives, including ‘‘protecting
the public health, ensuring scientific
validity, minimizing serious errors in
estimating risks, maximizing incentives
for research, creating an orderly and
predictable process, and fostering
openness and trustworthiness’’ (p. 81).
Appendices N–1 and N–2 of NRC
(1994) discussed two competing
standards for choosing default options
articulated by members of the
committee. One suggested approach
would evaluate a departure in terms of
whether ‘‘it is scientifically plausible’’
and whether it ‘‘tends to protect public
health in the face of scientific
uncertainty’’ (p. 601). An alternative
approach ‘‘emphasizes scientific
plausibility with regard to the use of
alternative models’’ (p. 631). Reaching
no consensus on a single approach, NRC
recognized that developing criteria for
departures is an EPA policy matter.
The basis for invoking a default
option depends on the circumstances.
Generally, if a gap in basic
understanding exists or if agent-specific
information is missing, a default option
may be used. If agent-specific
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
information is present but critical
analysis reveals inadequacies, a default
option may also be used. If critical
analysis of agent-specific information is
consistent with one or more biologically
based models as well as with the default
option, the alternative models and the
default option are both carried through
the assessment and characterized for the
risk manager. In this case, the default
model not only fits the data, but also
serves as a benchmark for comparison
with other analyses. This case also
highlights the importance of extensive
experimentation to support a conclusion
about mode of action, including
addressing the issue of whether
alternative modes of action are also
plausible. Section 2.4 provides a
framework for critical analysis of mode
of action information to address the
extent to which the available
information supports the hypothesized
mode of action, whether alternative
modes of action are also plausible, and
whether there is confidence that the
same inferences can be extended to
populations and lifestages that are not
represented among the experimental
data.
Generally, cancer risk decisions strive
to be ‘‘scientifically defensible,
consistent with the agency’s statutory
mission, and responsive to the needs of
decision-makers’’ (NRC, 1994).
Scientific defensibility would be
evaluated through use of EPA’s Science
Advisory Board, EPA’s Office of
Pesticide Programs’ Scientific Advisory
Panel, or other independent expert peer
review panels to determine whether a
consensus among scientific experts
exists. Consistency with the Agency’s
statutory mission would consider
whether the risk assessment overall
supports EPA’s mission to protect
human health and safeguard the natural
environment. Responsiveness to the
needs of decisionmakers would take
into account pragmatic considerations
such as the nature of the decision; the
required depth of analysis; the utility,
time, and cost of generating new
scientific data; and the time, personnel,
and resources allotted to the risk
assessment.
With a multitude of types of data,
analyses, and risk assessments, as well
as the diversity of needs of
decisionmakers, it is neither possible
nor desirable to specify step-by-step
criteria for decisions to invoke a default
option. A discussion of major default
options appears in the Appendix.
Screening-level assessments may more
readily use default parameters, even
worst-case assumptions, that would not
be appropriate in a full-scale
assessment. On the other hand,
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17771
significant risk management decisions
will often benefit from a more
comprehensive assessment, including
alternative risk models having
significant biological support. To the
extent practicable, such assessments
should provide central estimates of
potential risks in conjunction with
lower and upper bounds (e.g.,
confidence limits) and a clear statement
of the uncertainty associated with these
estimates.
In the absence of sufficient data or
understanding to develop of a robust,
biologically based model, an
appropriate policy choice is to have a
single preferred curve-fitting model for
each type of data set. Many different
curve-fitting models have been
developed, and those that fit the
observed data reasonably well may lead
to several-fold differences in estimated
risk at the lower end of the observed
range. In addition, goodness-of-fit to the
experimental observations is not by
itself an effective means of
discriminating among models that
adequately fit the data (OSTP, 1985). To
provide some measure of consistency
across different carcinogen assessments,
EPA uses a standard curve-fitting
procedure for tumor incidence data.
Assessments that include a different
approach should provide an adequate
justification and compare their results
with those from the standard procedure.
Application of models to data should be
conducted in an open and transparent
manner.
1.3.2. Mode of Action
The use of mode of action 2 in the
assessment of potential carcinogens is a
main focus of these cancer guidelines.
This area of emphasis arose because of
the significant scientific advances that
have developed concerning the causes
of cancer induction. Elucidation of a
mode of action for a particular cancer
response in animals or humans is a
data-rich determination. Significant
2 The term ‘‘mode of action’’ is defined as a
sequence of key events and processes, starting with
interaction of an agent with a cell, proceeding
through operational and anatomical changes, and
resulting in cancer formation. A ‘‘key event’’ is an
empirically observable precursor step that is itself
a necessary element of the mode of action or is a
biologically based marker for such an element.
Mode of action is contrasted with ‘‘mechanism of
action,’’ which implies a more detailed
understanding and description of events, often at
the molecular level, than is meant by mode of
action. The toxicokinetic processes that lead to
formation or distribution of the active agent to the
target tissue are considered in estimating dose but
are not part of the mode of action as the term is
used here. There are many examples of possible
modes of carcinogenic action, such as mutagenicity,
mitogenesis, inhibition of cell death, cytotoxicity
with reparative cell proliferation, and immune
suppression.
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17772
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
information should be developed to
ensure that a scientifically justifiable
mode of action underlies the process
leading to cancer at a given site. In the
absence of sufficiently, scientifically
justifiable mode of action information,
EPA generally takes public healthprotective, default positions regarding
the interpretation of toxicologic and
epidemiologic data: Animal tumor
findings are judged to be relevant to
humans, and cancer risks are assumed
to conform with low dose linearity.
Understanding of mode of action can
be a key to identifying processes that
may cause chemical exposures to
differentially affect a particular
population segment or lifestage. Some
modes of action are anticipated to be
mutagenic and are assessed with a
linear approach. This is the mode of
action of radiation and several other
agents that are known carcinogens.
Other modes of action may be modeled
with either linear or nonlinear 3
approaches after a rigorous analysis of
available data under the guidance
provided in the framework for mode of
action analysis (see Section 2.4.3).
1.3.3. Weight of Evidence Narrative
The cancer guidelines emphasize the
importance of weighing all of the
evidence in reaching conclusions about
the human carcinogenic potential of
agents. This is accomplished in a single
integrative step after assessing all of the
individual lines of evidence, which is in
contrast to the step-wise approach in the
1986 cancer guidelines. Evidence
considered includes tumor findings, or
lack thereof, in humans and laboratory
animals; an agent’s chemical and
physical properties; its structure-activity
relationships (SARs) as compared with
other carcinogenic agents; and studies
addressing potential carcinogenic
processes and mode(s) of action, either
in vivo or in vitro. Data from
3 The term ‘‘nonlinear’’ is used here in a narrower
sense than its usual meaning in the field of
mathematical modeling. In these cancer guidelines,
the term ‘‘nonlinear’’ refers to threshold models
(which show no response over a range of low doses
that include zero) and some nonthreshold models
(e.g., a quadractic model, which shows some
response at all doses above zero). In these cancer
guidelines, a nonlinear model is one whose slope
is zero at (and perhaps above) a dose of zero. A lowdose-linear model is one whose slope is greater than
zero at a dose of zero. A low-dose-linear model
approximates a straight line only at very low doses;
at higher doses near the observed data, a low-doselinear model can display curvature. The term ‘‘lowdose-linear’’ is often abbreviated ‘‘linear,’’ although
a low-dose-linear model is not linear at all doses.
Use of nonlinear approaches does not imply a
biological threshold dose below which the response
is zero. Estimating thresholds can be problematic;
for example, a response that is not statistically
significant can be consistent with a small risk that
falls below an experiment’s power of detection.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
epidemiologic studies are generally
preferred for characterizing human
cancer hazard and risk. However, all of
the information discussed above could
provide valuable insights into the
possible mode(s) of action and
likelihood of human cancer hazard and
risk. The cancer guidelines recognize
the growing sophistication of research
methods, particularly in their ability to
reveal the modes of action of
carcinogenic agents at cellular and
subcellular levels as well as
toxicokinetic processes.
Weighing of the evidence includes
addressing not only the likelihood of
human carcinogenic effects of the agent
but also the conditions under which
such effects may be expressed, to the
extent that these are revealed in the
toxicological and other biologically
important features of the agent.
The weight of evidence narrative to
characterize hazard summarizes the
results of the hazard assessment and
provides a conclusion with regard to
human carcinogenic potential. The
narrative explains the kinds of evidence
available and how they fit together in
drawing conclusions, and it points out
significant issues/strengths/limitations
of the data and conclusions. Because the
narrative also summarizes the mode of
action information, it sets the stage for
the discussion of the rationale
underlying a recommended approach to
dose-response assessment.
In order to provide some measure of
clarity and consistency in an otherwise
free-form, narrative characterization,
standard descriptors are used as part of
the hazard narrative to express the
conclusion regarding the weight of
evidence for carcinogenic hazard
potential. There are five recommended
standard hazard descriptors:
‘‘Carcinogenic to Humans,’’ ‘‘Likely to
Be Carcinogenic to Humans,’’
‘‘Suggestive Evidence of Carcinogenic
Potential,’’ ‘‘Inadequate Information to
Assess Carcinogenic Potential,’’ and
‘‘Not Likely to Be Carcinogenic to
Humans.’’ Each standard descriptor may
be applicable to a wide variety of data
sets and weights of evidence and is
presented only in the context of a
weight of evidence narrative.
Furthermore, as described in Section 2.5
of these cancer guidelines, more than
one conclusion may be reached for an
agent.
1.3.4. Dose-Response Assessment
Dose-response assessment evaluates
potential risks to humans at particular
exposure levels. The approach to doseresponse assessment for a particular
agent is based on the conclusion
reached as to its potential mode(s) of
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
action for each tumor type. Because an
agent may induce multiple tumor types,
the dose-response assessment includes
an analysis of all tumor types, followed
by an overall synthesis that includes a
characterization of the risk estimates
across tumor types, the strength of the
mode of action information of each
tumor type, and the anticipated
relevance of each tumor type to humans,
including susceptible populations and
lifestages (e.g., childhood).
Dose-response assessment for each
tumor type is performed in two steps:
assessment of observed data to derive a
point of departure (POD),4 followed by
extrapolation to lower exposures to the
extent that is necessary. Data from
epidemiologic studies, of sufficient
quality, are generally preferred for
estimating risks. When animal studies
are the basis of the analysis, the
estimation of a human-equivalent dose
should utilize toxicokinetic data to
inform cross-species dose scaling if
appropriate and if adequate data are
available. Otherwise, default procedures
should be applied. For oral dose, based
on current science, an appropriate
default option is to scale daily applied
doses experienced for a lifetime in
proportion to body weight raised to the
3⁄4 power (U.S. EPA, 1992b). For
inhalation dose, based on current
science, an appropriate default
methodology estimates respiratory
deposition of particles and gases and
estimates internal doses of gases with
different absorption characteristics.
When toxicokinetic modeling (see
Section 3.1.2) is used without
toxicodynamic modeling (see Section
3.2.2), the dose-response assessment
develops and supports an approach for
addressing toxicodynamic equivalence,
perhaps by retaining some of the crossspecies scaling factor (see Section 3.1.3).
Guidance is also provided for
adjustment of dose from adults to
children (see Section 4.3.1).
Response data on effects of the agent
on carcinogenic processes are analyzed
(nontumor data) in addition to data on
tumor incidence. If appropriate, the
analyses of data on tumor incidence and
on precursor effects may be used in
combination. To the extent the
relationship between precursor effects
and tumor incidence are known,
precursor data may be used to estimate
a dose-response function below the
observable tumor data. Study of the
dose-response function for effects
4 A ‘‘point of departure’’ (POD) marks the
beginning of extrapolation to lower doses. The POD
is an estimated dose (usually expressed in humanequivalent terms) near the lower end of the
observed range, without significant extrapolation to
lower doses.
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
believed to be part of the carcinogenic
process influenced by the agent may
also assist in evaluating the relationship
of exposure and response in the range
of observation and at exposure levels
below the range of observation.
The first step of dose-response
assessment is evaluation within the
range of observation. Approaches to
analysis of the range of observation of
epidemiologic studies are determined
by the type of study and how dose and
response are measured in the study. In
the absence of adequate human data for
dose-response analysis, animal data are
generally used. If there are sufficient
quantitative data and adequate
understanding of the carcinogenic
process, a biologically based model may
be developed to relate dose and
response data on an agent-specific basis.
Otherwise, as a default procedure, a
standard model can be used to curve-fit
the data.
The POD for extrapolating the
relationship to environmental exposure
levels of interest, when the latter are
outside the range of observed data, is
generally the lower 95% confidence
limit on the lowest dose level that can
be supported for modeling by the data.
SAB (1997) suggested that, ‘‘it may be
appropriate to emphasize lower
statistical bounds in screening analyses
and in activities designed to develop an
appropriate human exposure value,
since such activities require accounting
for various types of uncertainties and a
lower bound on the central estimate is
a scientifically-based approach
accounting for the uncertainty in the
true value of the ED10 [or central
estimate].’’ However, the consensus of
the SAB (1997) was that, ‘‘both point
estimates and statistical bounds can be
useful in different circumstances, and
recommended that the Agency routinely
calculate and present the point estimate
of the ED10 [or central estimate] and the
corresponding upper and lower 95%
statistical bounds.’’ For example, it may
be appropriate to emphasize the central
estimate in activities that involve formal
uncertainty analysis that are required by
OMB Circular A–4 (OMB, 2003) as well
as ranking agents as to their
carcinogenic hazard. Thus, risk
assessors should calculate, to the extent
practicable, and present the central
estimate and the corresponding upper
and lower statistical bounds (such as
confidence limits) to inform
decisionmakers.
The second step of dose-response
assessment is extrapolation to lower
dose levels, if needed. This
extrapolation is based on extension of a
biologically based model if supported
by substantial data (see Section 3.3.2).
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
Otherwise, default approaches can be
applied that are consistent with current
understanding of mode(s) of action of
the agent, including approaches that
assume linearity or nonlinearity of the
dose-response relationship, or both. A
default approach for linearity extends a
straight line from the POD to zero dose/
zero response (see Section 3.3.3). The
linear approach is used when: (1) There
is an absence of sufficient information
on modes of action or (2) the mode of
action information indicates that the
dose-response curve at low dose is or is
expected to be linear. Where alternative
approaches have significant biological
support, and no scientific consensus
favors a single approach, an assessment
may present results using alternative
approaches. A nonlinear approach can
be used to develop a reference dose or
a reference concentration (see Section
3.3.4).
1.3.5. Susceptible Populations and
Lifestages
An important use of mode of action
information is to identify susceptible
populations and lifestages. It is rare to
have epidemiologic studies or animal
bioassays conducted in susceptible
individuals. This information need can
be filled by identifying the key events of
the mode of action and then identifying
risk factors, such as differences due to
genetic polymorphisms, disease, altered
organ function, lifestyle, and lifestage,
that can augment these key events. To
do this, the information about the key
precursor events is reviewed to identify
particular populations or lifestages that
can be particularly susceptible to their
occurrence (see Section 2.4.3.4). Any
information suggesting quantitative
differences between populations or
lifestages is flagged for consideration in
the dose-response assessment (see
Section 3.5 and U.S. EPA 2002b).
1.3.6. Evaluating Risks From Childhood
Exposures
NRC (1994) recommended that ‘‘EPA
should assess risks to infants and
children whenever it appears that their
risks might be greater than those of
adults.’’ Executive Order 13045 (1997)
requires that ‘‘each Federal Agency shall
make it a high priority to identify and
assess environmental health and safety
risks that may disproportionately affect
children, and shall ensure that their
policies, programs, and standards
address disproportionate risks that
result from environmental health risks
or safety risks.’’ In assessing risks to
children, EPA considers both effects
manifest during childhood and early-life
exposures that can contribute to effects
at any time later in life.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17773
These cancer guidelines view
childhood as a sequence of lifestages
rather than viewing children as a
subpopulation, the distinction being
that a subpopulation refers to a portion
of the population, whereas a lifestage is
inclusive of the entire population.
Exposures that are of concern extend
from conception through adolescence
and also include pre-conception
exposures of both parents. These cancer
guidelines use the term ‘‘childhood’’ in
this more inclusive sense.
Rarely are there studies that directly
evaluate risks following early-life
exposure. Epidemiologic studies of
early-life exposure to environmental
agents are seldom available. Standard
animal bioassays generally begin dosing
after the animals are several weeks old,
when many organ systems are mature.
This could lead to an understatement of
risk, because an accepted concept in the
science of carcinogenesis is that young
animals are usually more susceptible to
the carcinogenic activity of a chemical
than are mature animals (McConnell,
1992).
At this time, there is some evidence
of higher cancer risks following earlylife exposure. For radiation
carcinogenesis, data indicate that risks
for several forms of cancer are highest
following childhood exposure (NRC,
1990; Miller, 1995; U.S. EPA, 1999c).
These human results are supported by
the few animal bioassays that include
perinatal (prenatal or early postnatal)
exposure. Perinatal exposure to some
agents can induce higher incidences of
the tumors seen in standard bioassays;
some examples include vinyl chloride
(Maltoni et al., 1981),
diethylnitrosamine (Peto et al., 1984),
benzidine, DDT, dieldrin, and safrole
(Vesselinovitch et al., 1979). Moreover,
perinatal exposure to some agents,
including vinyl chloride (Maltoni et al.,
1981) and saccharin (Cohen, 1995;
Whysner and Williams, 1996), can
induce different tumors that are not
seen in standard bioassays. Surveys
comparing perinatal carcinogenesis
bioassays with standard bioassays for a
limited number of chemicals
(McConnell, 1992; U.S. EPA, 1996b)
have concluded that
• The same tumor sites are usually
observed following either perinatal or
adult exposure, and
• Perinatal exposure in conjunction
with adult exposure usually increases
the incidence of tumors or reduces the
latent period before tumors are
observed.
The risk attributable to early-life
exposure often appears modest
compared with the risk from lifetime
exposure, but it can be about 10-fold
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17774
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
higher than the risk from an exposure of
similar duration occurring later in life
(Ginsberg, 2003). Further research is
warranted to investigate the extent to
which these findings apply to specific
agents, chemical classes, and modes of
action or in general.
These empirical results are consistent
with current understanding of the
biological processes involved in
carcinogenesis, which leads to a
reasonable expectation that children can
be more susceptible to many
carcinogenic agents (Anderson et al.,
2000; Birnbaum and Fenton, 2003;
Ginsberg, 2003; Miller et al., 2002;
Scheuplein et al., 2002). Some aspects
potentially leading to childhood
susceptibility are listed below.
• Differences in the capacity to
metabolize and clear chemicals can
result in larger or smaller internal doses
of the active agent(s).
• More frequent cell division during
development can result in enhanced
expression of mutations due to the
reduced time available for repair of
DNA lesions (Slikker et al., 2004).
• Some embryonic cells, such as
brain cells, lack key DNA repair
enzymes.
• More frequent cell division during
development can result in clonal
expansion of cells with mutations from
prior unrepaired DNA damage (Slikker
et al., 2004).
• Some components of the immune
system are not fully functional during
development (Holladay and
Smialowicz, 2000; Holsapple et al.,
2003).
• Hormonal systems operate at
different levels during different
lifestages.
• Induction of developmental
abnormalities can result in a
predisposition to carcinogenic effects
later in life (Anderson et al., 2000;
Birnbaum and Fenton, 2003; Fenton and
Davis, 2002).
To evaluate risks from early-life
exposure, these cancer guidelines
emphasize the role of toxicokinetic
information to estimate levels of the
active agent in children and
toxicodynamic information to identify
whether any key events of the mode of
action are of increased concern early in
life. Developmental toxicity studies can
provide information on critical periods
of exposure for particular targets of
toxicity.
An approach to assessing risks from
early-life exposure is presented in
Figure 1–1. In the hazard assessment,
when there are mode of action data, the
assessment considers whether these
data have special relevance during
childhood, considering the various
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
aspects of development listed above.
Examples of such data include
toxicokinetics that predict a sufficiently
large internal dose in children or a
mode of action where a key precursor
event is more likely to occur during
childhood. There is no recommended
default to settle the question of whether
tumors arising through a mode of action
are relevant during childhood; and
adequate understanding the mode of
action implies that there are sufficient
data (on either the specific agent or the
general mode of action) to form a
confident conclusion about relevance
during childhood (see Section 2.4.3.4).
In the dose-response assessment, the
potential for susceptibility during
childhood warrants explicit
consideration in each assessment. These
cancer guidelines encourage developing
separate risk estimates for children
according to a tiered approach that
considers what pertinent data are
available (see Section 3.5). Childhood
may be a susceptible period; moreover,
exposures during childhood generally
are not equivalent to exposures at other
times and may be treated differently
from exposures occurring later in life
(see Section 3.5). In addition,
adjustment of unit risk estimates may be
warranted when used to estimate risks
from childhood exposure (see Section
4.4).
At this time, several limitations
preclude a full assessment of children’s
risk. There are no generally used testing
protocols to identify potential
environmental causes of cancers that are
unique to children, including several
forms of childhood cancer and cancers
that develop from parental exposures,
and cases where developmental
exposure may alter susceptibility to
carcinogen exposure in the adult
(Birnbaum and Fenton, 2003). Doseresponse assessment is limited by an
inability to observe how developmental
exposure can modify incidence and
latency and an inability to estimate the
ultimate tumor response resulting from
induced susceptibility to later
carcinogen exposures.
To partially address the limitations
identified above, EPA developed in
conjunction with these cancer
guidelines, Supplemental Guidance for
Assessing Susceptibility from Early-Life
Exposure to Carcinogens
(‘‘Supplemental Guidance’’). The
Supplemental Guidance addresses a
number of issues pertaining to cancer
risks associated with early-life
exposures generally, but provides
specific guidance on procedures for
adjusting cancer potency estimates only
for carcinogens acting through a
mutagenic mode of action. This
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Supplemental Guidance recommends,
for such chemicals when no chemicalspecific data exist, a default approach
using estimates from chronic studies
(i.e., cancer slope factors) with
appropriate modifications to address the
potential for differential risk of earlylifestage exposure.
The Agency considered both the
advantages and disadvantages to
extending the recommended, age
dependent adjustment factors for
carcinogenic potency to carcinogenic
agents for which the mode of action
remains unknown. EPA decided to
recommend these factors only for
carcinogens acting through a mutagenic
mode of action based on a combination
of analysis of available data and longstanding science policy positions which
govern the Agency’s overall approach to
carcinogen risk assessment. In general,
the Agency prefers to rely on analyses
of data, rather than general defaults.
When data are available for a sensitive
lifestage, they would be used directly to
evaluate risks for that chemical and that
lifestage on a case-by-case basis. In the
case of nonmutagenic carcinogens,
when the mode of action is unknown,
the data were judged by EPA to be too
limited and the modes of action too
diverse to use this as a category for
which a general default adjustment
factor approach can be applied. In this
situation, a linear low-dose
extrapolation methodology (without
further adjustment) is recommended. It
is the Agency’s long-standing science
policy position that use of the linear
low-dose extrapolation approach
provides adequate public health
conservatism in the absence of
chemical-specific data indicating
differential early-life sensitivity or when
the mode of action is not mutagenic.
The Agency expects to produce
additional supplemental guidance for
other modes of action, as data from new
research and toxicity testing indicate it
is warranted. EPA intends to focus its
research, and work collaboratively with
its federal partners, to improve
understanding of the implications of
early life exposure to carcinogens.
Development of guidance for estrogenic
agents and chemicals acting through
other processes resulting in endocrine
disruption and subsequent
carcinogenesis, for example, might be a
reasonable priority in light of the human
experience with diethylstilbesterol and
the existing early life animal studies. It
is worth noting that each mode of action
for endocrine disruption will probably
require separate analysis.
As the Agency examines additional
carcinogenic agents, the age groupings
may differ from those recommended for
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
assessing cancer risks from early-life
exposure to chemicals with a mutagenic
mode of action. Puberty and its
associated biological changes, for
example, involve many biological
processes that could lead to changes in
sensitivity to the effects of some
carcinogens, depending on their mode
of action. The Agency is interested in
identifying lifestages that may be
particularly sensitive or refractory for
carcinogenesis, and believes that the
mode of action framework described in
these cancer guidelines is an
appropriate mechanism for elucidating
these lifestages. For each additional
mode of action evaluated, the various
age groupings determined to be at
differential risk may differ from those
proposed in the Supplemental
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
Guidance. For example, the age
groupings selected for the agedependent adjustments for carcinogens
acting through a mutagenic mode of
action were initially selected based on
the available data, i.e., for the laboratory
animal age range representative of birth
to < 2 years in humans. More limited
data and information on human biology
were used to determine a scienceinformed policy regarding 2 to < 16
years. Data were not available to refine
the latter age group. If more data become
available regarding carcinogens with a
mutagenic mode of action,
consideration may be given to further
refinement of these age groups.
PO 00000
1.3.7. Emphasis on Characterization
The cancer guidelines emphasize the
importance of a clear and useful
characterization narrative that
summarizes the analyses of hazard,
dose-response, and exposure
assessment. These characterizations
summarize the assessments to explain
the extent and weight of evidence, major
points of interpretation and rationale for
their selection, strengths and
weaknesses of the evidence and the
analysis, and discuss alternative
conclusions and uncertainties that
deserve serious consideration (U.S.
EPA, 2000b). They serve as starting
materials for the overall risk
characterization process that completes
the risk assessment.
BILLING CODE 6560–50–P
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17775
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17776
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
EN07AP05.000
BILLING CODE 6560–50–C
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
which the conclusion rests. This
narrative is a brief summary that in toto
replaces the alphanumerical
classification system used in EPA’s 1986
cancer guidelines (U.S. EPA, 1986a).
2. Hazard Assessment
2.1. Overview of Hazard Assessment
and Characterization
2.1.1. Analyses of Data
The purpose of hazard assessment is
to review and evaluate data pertinent to
two questions: (1) Whether an agent
may pose a carcinogenic hazard to
human beings, and (2) under what
circumstances an identified hazard may
be expressed (NRC, 1994). Hazard
assessment involves analyses of a
variety of data that may range from
observations of tumor responses to
analysis of structure-activity
relationships (SARs). The purpose of the
assessment is not simply to assemble
these separate evaluations; its purpose
is to construct a total analysis
examining what the biological data
reveal as a whole about carcinogenic
effects and mode of action of the agent,
and their implications for human hazard
and dose-response evaluation.
Conclusions are drawn from weight-ofevidence evaluations based on the
combined strength and coherence of
inferences appropriately drawn from all
of the available information. To the
extent that data permit, hazard
assessment addresses the question of
mode of action of an agent as both an
initial step in identifying human hazard
potential and as a component in
considering appropriate approaches to
dose-response assessment.
The topics in this chapter include
analysis of tumor data, both human and
animal, and analysis of other key
information about properties and effects
that relate to carcinogenic potential. The
chapter addresses how information can
be used to evaluate potential modes of
action. It also provides guidance on
performing a weight of evidence
evaluation.
2.1.2. Presentation of Results
Presentation of the results of hazard
assessment should be informed by
Agency guidance as discussed in
Section 2.6. The results are presented in
a technical hazard characterization that
serves as a support to later risk
characterization. It includes:
• A summary of the evaluations of
hazard data,
• The rationales for its conclusions,
and
• An explanation of the significant
strengths or limitations of the
conclusions.
Another presentation feature is the
use of a weight of evidence narrative
that includes both a conclusion about
the weight of evidence of carcinogenic
potential and a summary of the data on
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
2.2. Analysis of Tumor Data
Evidence of carcinogenicity comes
from finding tumor increases in humans
or laboratory animals exposed to a given
agent or from finding tumors following
exposure to structural analogues to the
compound under review. The
significance of observed or anticipated
tumor effects is evaluated in reference to
all the other key data on the agent. This
section contains guidance for analyzing
human and animal studies to decide
whether there is an association between
exposure to an agent or a structural
analogue and occurrence of tumors.
Note that the use of the term ‘‘tumor’’
in these cancer guidelines is defined as
malignant neoplasms or a combination
of malignant and corresponding benign
neoplasms.
Observation of only benign neoplasia
may or may not have significance for
evaluation under these cancer
guidelines. Benign tumors that are not
observed to progress to malignancy are
assessed on a case-by-case basis. There
is a range of possibilities for their
overall significance. They may deserve
attention because they are serious health
problems even though they are not
malignant; for instance, benign tumors
may be a health risk because of their
effect on the function of a target tissue
such as the brain. They may be
significant indicators of the need for
further testing of an agent if they are
observed in a short-term test protocol, or
such an observation may add to the
overall weight of evidence if the same
agent causes malignancies in a longterm study. Knowledge of the mode of
action associated with a benign tumor
response may aid in the interpretation
of other tumor responses associated
with the same agent. In other cases,
observation of a benign tumor response
alone may have no significant health
hazard implications when other sources
of evidence show no suggestion of
carcinogenicity.
2.2.1. Human Data
Human data may come from
epidemiologic studies or case reports.
(Clinical human studies, which involve
intentional exposures to substances,
may provide toxicokinetic data, but
generally not data on carcinogenicity.)
The most common sources of human
data for cancer risk assessment are
epidemiologic investigations.
Epidemiology is the study of the
distribution of disease in human
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17777
populations and the factors that may
influence that distribution. The goals of
cancer epidemiology are to identify
distribution of cancer risk and
determine the extent to which the risk
can be attributed causally to specific
exposures to exogenous or endogenous
factors (see Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention [CDC, 2004]).
Epidemiologic data are extremely
valuable in risk assessment because they
provide direct evidence on whether a
substance is likely to produce cancer in
humans, thereby avoiding issues such
as: species-to-species inference,
extrapolation to exposures relevant to
people, effects of concomitant exposures
due to lifestyles. Thus, epidemiologic
studies typically evaluate agents under
more relevant conditions. When human
data of high quality and adequate
statistical power are available, they are
generally preferable over animal data
and should be given greater weight in
hazard characterization and doseresponse assessment, although both can
be used.
Null results from epidemiologic
studies alone generally do not prove the
absence of carcinogenic effects because
such results can arise either from an
agent being truly not carcinogenic or
from other factors such as: inadequate
statistical power, inadequate study
design, imprecise estimates, or
confounding factors. Moreover, null
results from a well-designed and wellconducted epidemiologic study that
contains usable exposure data can help
to define upper limits for the estimated
dose of concern for human exposure in
cases where the overall weight of the
evidence indicates that the agent is
potentially carcinogenic in humans.
Furthermore, data from a well designed
and well conducted epidemiologic
study that does not show positive
results, in conjunction with compelling
mechanistic information, can lend
support to a conclusion that animal
responses may not be predictive of a
human cancer hazard.
Epidemiology can also complement
experimental evidence in corroborating
or clarifying the carcinogenic potential
of the agent in question. For example,
epidemiologic studies that show
elevated cancer risk for tumor sites
corresponding to those at which
laboratory animals experience increased
tumor incidence can strengthen the
weight of evidence of human
carcinogenicity. Furthermore,
biochemical or molecular epidemiology
may help improve understanding of the
mechanisms of human carcinogenesis.
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17778
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
2.2.1.1. Assessment of Evidence of
Carcinogenicity From Human Data
All studies that are considered to be
of acceptable quality, whether yielding
positive or null results, or even
suggesting protective carcinogenic
effects, should be considered in
assessing the totality of the human
evidence. Conclusions about the overall
evidence for carcinogenicity from
available studies in humans should be
summarized along with a discussion of
uncertainties and gaps in knowledge.
Conclusions regarding the strength of
the evidence for positive or negative
associations observed, as well as
evidence supporting judgments of
causality, should be clearly described.
In assessing the human data within the
overall weight of evidence,
determination about the strength of the
epidemiologic evidence should clearly
identify the degree to which the
observed associations may be explained
by other factors, including bias or
confounding.
Characteristics that are generally
desirable in epidemiologic studies
include (1) Clear articulation of study
objectives or hypothesis; (2) proper
selection and characterization of
comparison groups (exposed and
unexposed groups or case and control
groups); (3) adequate characterization of
exposure; (4) sufficient length of followup for disease occurrence; (5) valid
ascertainment of the causes of cancer
morbidity and mortality; (6) proper
consideration of bias and confounding
factors; (7) adequate sample size to
detect an effect; (8) clear, welldocumented, and appropriate
methodology for data collection and
analysis; (9) adequate response rate and
methodology for handling missing data;
and (10) complete and clear
documentation of results. No single
criterion determines the overall
adequacy of a study. Practical and
resource constraints may limit the
ability to address all of these
characteristics in a study. The risk
assessor is encouraged to consider how
the limitations of the available studies
might influence the conclusions. While
positive biases may be due, for example,
to a healthy worker effect, it is also
important to consider negative biases,
for example, workers who may leave the
workforce due to illness caused either
by high exposures to the agent or to
effects of confounders such as smoking.
The following discussions highlight the
major factors included in an analysis of
epidemiologic studies.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
2.2.1.2. Types of Studies
The major types of cancer
epidemiologic study designs used for
examining environmental causes of
cancer are analytical studies and
descriptive studies. Each study type has
well-known strengths and weaknesses
that affect interpretation of results, as
summarized below (Lilienfeld and
Lilienfeld, 1979; Mausner and Kramer,
1985; Kelsey et al., 1996; Rothman and
Greenland, 1998).
Analytical epidemiologic studies,
which include case-control and cohort
designs, are generally relied on for
identifying a causal association between
human exposure and adverse health
effects. In case-control studies, groups of
individuals with (cases) and without
(controls) a particular disease are
identified and compared to determine
differences in exposure. In cohort
studies, a group of ‘‘exposed’’ and
‘‘nonexposed’’ individuals are identified
and studied over time to determine
differences in disease occurrence.
Cohort studies can be performed either
prospectively or retrospectively from
historical records. The type of study
chosen may depend on the hypothesis
to be evaluated. For example, casecontrol studies may be more appropriate
for rare cancers while cohort studies
may be more appropriate for more
commonly occurring cancers.
On the other hand, descriptive
epidemiologic studies examine
symptom or disease rates among
populations in relation to personal
characteristics such as age, gender, race,
and temporal or environmental
conditions. Descriptive studies are most
frequently used to generate hypotheses
about exposure factors, but subsequent
analytical designs are necessary to infer
causality. For example, cross-sectional
designs might be used to compare the
prevalence of cancer between areas near
and far from a Superfund site. However,
in studies where exposure and disease
information applies only to the current
conditions, it is not possible to infer that
the exposure actually caused the
disease. Therefore, these studies are
used to identify patterns or trends in
disease occurrence over time or in
different geographical locations, but
typical limitations in the
characterization of populations in these
studies make it difficult to infer the
causal agent or degree of exposure.
Case reports describe a particular
effect in an individual or group of
individuals who were exposed to a
substance. These reports are often
anecdotal or highly selective in nature
and generally are of limited use for
hazard assessment. Specifically, cancer
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
causality can rarely be inferred from
case reports alone. Investigative followup may or may not accompany such
reports. For cancer, the most common
types of case series are associated with
occupational and childhood exposures.
Case reports can be particularly valuable
for identifying unique features, such as
an association with an uncommon
tumor (e.g., inhalation of vinyl chloride
and hepatic angiosarcoma in workers or
ingestion of diethylstilbestrol by
mothers and clear-cell carcinoma of the
vagina in offspring).
2.2.1.3. Exposure Issues
For epidemiologic data to be useful in
determining whether there is an
association between health effects and
exposure to an agent, there should be
adequate characterization of exposure
information. In general, greater weight
should be given to studies with more
precise and specific exposure estimates.
Questions to address about exposure
are: What can one reliably conclude
about the exposure parameters
including (but not limited to) the level,
duration, route, and frequency of
exposure of individuals in one
population as compared with another?
How sensitive are study results to
uncertainties in these parameters?
Actual exposure measurements are
not available for many retrospective
studies. Therefore, surrogates are often
used to reconstruct exposure
parameters. These may involve
attributing exposures to job
classifications in a workplace or to
broader occupational or geographic
groupings. Use of surrogates carries a
potential for misclassification, i.e.,
individuals may be placed in an
incorrect exposure group.
Misclassification generally leads to
reduced ability of a study to detect
differences between study and referent
populations.
When either current or historical
monitoring data are available, the
exposure evaluation includes
consideration of the error bounds of the
monitoring and analytic methods and
whether the data are from routine or
accidental exposures. The potential for
misclassification and for measurement
errors is amenable to both qualitative
and quantitative analysis. These are
essential analyses for judging a study’s
results, because exposure estimation is
the most critical part of a retrospective
study.
2.2.1.4. Biological Markers
Biological markers potentially offer
excellent measures of exposure (Hulka
and Margolin, 1992; Peto and Darby,
1994). In some cases, molecular or
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
cellular effects (e.g., DNA or protein
adducts, mutation, chromosomal
aberrations, levels of thyroidstimulating hormone) can be measured
in blood, body fluids, cells, and tissues
to serve as biomarkers of exposure in
humans and animals (Callemen et al.,
1978; Birner et al., 1990). As such, they
can act as an internal surrogate measure
of chemical dose, representing, as
appropriate, either recent exposure (e.g.,
serum concentration) or accumulated
exposure over some period (e.g.,
hemoglobin adducts). Validated markers
of exposure such as alkylated
hemoglobin from exposure to ethylene
oxide (Van Sittert et al., 1985) or urinary
arsenic (Enterline et al., 1987) can
improve estimates of dose over the
relevant time periods for the markers.
Markers closely identified with effects
promise to greatly increase the ability of
studies to distinguish real effects from
bias at low levels of relative risk
between populations (Taylor et al.,
1994; Biggs et al., 1993) and to resolve
problems of confounding risk factors.
However, when using molecular or
cellular effects as biomarkers of
exposure, since many of these changes
are often not specific to just one type of
exposure, it is important to be aware
that changes may be due to exposures
unrelated to the exposure of interest and
attention must be paid to controlling for
potential confounders.
Biochemical or molecular
epidemiologic studies may use
biological markers of effect as indicators
of disease or its precursors. The
application of techniques for measuring
cellular and molecular alterations due to
exposure to specific environmental
agents may allow conclusions to be
drawn about the mechanisms of
carcinogenesis (see section 2.4 for more
information on this topic).
2.2.1.5. Confounding Factors
Control for potential confounding
factors is an important consideration in
the evaluation of the design and in the
analysis of observational epidemiologic
studies. A confounder is a variable that
is related to both the health outcome of
concern (cancer) and exposure.
Common examples include age,
socioeconomic status, smoking habits,
and diet. For instance, if older people
are more likely to be exposed to a given
contaminant as well as more likely to
have cancer because of their age, age is
considered a confounder. Adjustment
for potentially confounding factors
(from a statistical as contrasted with an
epidemiologic point of view) can occur
either in the design of the study (e.g.,
individual or group matching on critical
factors) or in the statistical analysis of
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
the results (stratification or direct or
indirect adjustment). Direct adjustment
in the statistical analysis may not be
possible owing to the presentation of the
data or because needed information was
not collected during the study. In this
case, indirect comparisons may be
possible. For example, in the absence of
data on smoking status among
individuals in the study population, an
examination of the possible contribution
of cigarette smoking to increased lung
cancer risk may be based on information
from other sources, such as the
American Cancer Society’s longitudinal
studies (Hammand, 1966; Garfinkel and
Silverberg, 1991). The effectiveness of
adjustments contributes to the ability to
draw inferences from a study.
Different studies involving exposure
to an agent may have different
confounding factors. If consistent
increases in cancer risk are observed
across a collection of studies with
different confounding factors, the
inference that the agent under
investigation was the etiologic factor is
strengthened.
There may also be instances where
the agent of interest is a risk factor in
conjunction with another agent. For
instance, interaction as well as effectmeasure modification are sometimes
construed to be confounding, but they
are different than confounding.
Interaction is described as a situation in
which two or more risk factors modify
the effect of each other with regard to
the occurrence of a given effect. This
phenomenon is sometimes described as
effect-measure modification or
heterogeneity of effect (Szklo and Nieto,
2000). Effect-measure modification
refers to variation in the magnitude of
measure exposure effect across levels of
another variable (Rothman and
Greenland, 1998). The variable across
which the effect measure varies and is
called an effect modifier (e.g., hepatitis
virus B and aflatoxin in hepatic cancer).
Interaction, on the other hand, means
effect of the exposure on the outcome
differs, depending on the presence of
another variable (the effect modifier).
When the effect of the exposure of
interest is accentuated by another
variable, it is said to be synergistic
interaction. Synergistic interaction can
be additive (e.g., hepatitis virus B and
aflatoxin in hepatic cancer) or
multiplicative (e.g., asbestos and
smoking in lung cancer). If the effect of
exposure is diminished or eliminated by
another variable, it said to be
antagonistic interaction (e.g., intake of
vitamin E and lower occurrence of lung
cancer).
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17779
2.2.1.6. Statistical Considerations
The analysis should apply
appropriate statistical methods to
ascertain whether the observed
association between exposure and
effects would be expected by chance. A
description of the method or methods
used should include the reasons for
their selection. Statistical analyses of
the bias, confounding, and interaction
are part of addressing the significance of
an association and the power of a study
to detect an effect.
The analysis augments examination of
the results for the whole population
with exploration of the results for
groups with comparatively greater
exposure or time since first exposure.
This may support identifying an
association or establishing a doseresponse trend. When studies show no
association, such exploration may apply
to determining an upper limit on
potential human risk for consideration
alongside results of animal tumor effects
studies.
2.2.1.6.1. Likelihood of Observing an
Effect
The power of a study—the likelihood
of observing an effect if one exists—
increases with sample size, i.e., the
number of subjects studied from a
population. (For example, a quadrupling
of a background rate in the 1 per 10,000
range would require more subjects who
have experienced greater or longer
exposure or lengthier follow-up, than a
doubling of a background rate in the 1
per 100 range.) If the size of the effect
is expected to be very small at low
doses, higher doses or longer durations
of exposure may be needed to have an
appreciable likelihood of observing an
effect with a given sample size. Because
of the often long latency period in
cancer development, the likelihood of
observing an effect also depends on
whether adequate time has elapsed
since exposure began for effects to
occur. Since the design of the study and
the choice of analysis, as well as the
design level of certainty in the results
and the magnitude of response in an
unexposed population also affect the
likelihood of observing an effect, it is
important to carefully interpret the
absence of an observed effect. A unique
feature that can be ascribed to the effects
of a particular agent (such as a tumor
type that is seen only rarely in the
absence of the agent) can increase
sensitivity by permitting separation of
bias and confounding factors from real
effects. Similarly, a biomarker particular
to the agent can permit these
distinctions. Statistical re-analyses of
data, particularly an examination of
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17780
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
different exposure indices, can give
insight into potential exposure-response
relationships. These are all factors to
explore in statistical analysis of the
data.
2.2.1.6.2. Sampling and Other Bias
Issues
When comparing cases and controls
or exposed and non-exposed
populations, it would be preferable for
the two populations to differ only in
exposure to the agent in question.
Because this is seldom the case, it is
important to identify sources of
sampling and other potential biases
inherent in a study design or data
collection methods.
Bias is a systematic error. In
epidemiologic studies, bias can occur in
the selection of cases and controls or
exposed and non-exposed populations,
as well as the follow up of the groups,
or the classification of disease or
exposure. The size of the risks observed
can be affected by noncomparability
between populations of factors such as
general health, diet, lifestyle, or
geographic location; differences in the
way case and control individuals recall
past events; differences in data
collection that result in unequal
ascertainment of health effects in the
populations; and unequal follow-up of
individuals (Rothman and Greenland,
1998). Other factors worth consideration
can be inherent in the available cohorts,
e.g., use of occupational studies (the
healthy worker effect), absence of one
sex, or limitations in sample size for one
or more ethnicities.
The mere presence of biases does not
invalidate a study, but should be
reflected in the judgment of its strengths
or weaknesses. Acceptance of studies
for assessment depends on identifying
their sources of bias and the possible
effects on study results.
2.2.1.6.3. Combining Statistical
Evidence Across Studies
Meta-analysis is a means of
integrating the results of multiple
studies of similar health effects and risk
factors. This technique is particularly
useful when various studies yield
varying degrees of risk or even
conflicting associations (negative and
positive). It is intended to introduce
consistency and comprehensiveness
into what otherwise might be a more
subjective review of the literature. The
value of such an analysis is dependent
upon a systematic review of the
literature that uses transparent criteria
of inclusion and exclusion. In
interpreting such analyses, it is
important to consider the effects of
differences in study quality, as well as
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
the effect of publication bias. Metaanalysis may not be advantageous in
some circumstances. These include
when the relationship between exposure
and disease is obvious from the
individual studies; when there are only
a few studies of the key health
outcomes; when there is insufficient
information from available studies
related to disease, risk estimate, or
exposure classification to insure
comparability; or when there are
substantial confounding or other biases
that cannot be adjusted for in the
analysis (Blair et al., 1995; Greenland,
1987; Peto, 1992).
2.2.1.7. Evidence for Causality
Determining whether an observed
association (risk) is causal rather than
spurious involves consideration of a
number of factors. Sir Bradford Hill
(Hill, 1965) developed a set of
guidelines for evaluating epidemiologic
associations that can be used in
conjunction with the discussion of
causality such as the 2004 Surgeon
General’s report on smoking (CDC,
2004) and in other documents (e.g.,
Rothman and Greenland 1998; IPCS,
1999). The critical assessment of
epidemiologic evidence is conceptually
based upon consideration of salient
aspects of the evidence of associations
so as to reach fundamental judgments as
to the likely causal significance of the
observed associations. In so doing, it is
appropriate to draw from those aspects
initially presented in Hill’s classic
monograph (Hill, 1965) and widely used
by the scientific community in
conducting such evidence-based
reviews. A number of these aspects are
judged to be particularly salient in
evaluating the body of evidence
available in this review, including the
aspects described by Hill as strength,
experiment, consistency, plausibility,
and coherence. Other aspects identified
by Hill, including temporality and
biological gradient, are also relevant and
considered here (e.g., in characterizing
lag structures and concentrationresponse relationships), but are more
directly addressed in the design and
analyses of the individual
epidemiologic studies included in this
assessment. As discussed below, these
salient aspects are interrelated and
considered throughout the evaluation of
the epidemiologic evidence generally
reflected in the integrative synthesis of
the mode of action framework.
The general evaluation of the strength
of the epidemiological evidence reflects
consideration not only of the magnitude
of reported effects estimates and their
statistical significance, but also of the
precision of the effects estimates and the
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
robustness of the effects associations.
Consideration of the robustness of the
associations takes into account a
number of factors, including in
particular the impact of alternative
models and model specifications and
potential confounding factors, as well
issues related to the consequences of
measurement error. Consideration of the
consistency of the effects associations
involves looking across the results of
studies conducted by different
investigators in different places and
times. Particular weight may be given,
consistent with Hill’s views, to the
presence of ‘‘similar results reached in
quite different ways, e.g., prospectively
and retrospectively’’ (Hill, 1965).
Looking beyond the epidemiological
evidence, evaluation of the biological
plausibility of the associations observed
in epidemiologic studies reflects
consideration of both exposure-related
factors and toxicological evidence
relevant to identification of potential
modes of action (MOAs). Similarly,
consideration of the coherence of health
effects associations reported in the
epidemiologic literature reflects broad
consideration of information pertaining
to the nature of the biological markers
evaluated in toxicologic and
epidemiologic studies.
In identifying these aspects as being
particularly salient in this assessment, it
is also important to recognize that no
one aspect is either necessary or
sufficient for drawing inferences of
causality. As Hill (1965) emphasized:
None of my nine viewpoints can bring
indisputable evidence for or against the
cause-and-effect hypothesis and none can be
required as a sine qua non. What they can
do, with greater or less strength, is to help
us to make up our minds on the fundamental
question—is there any other way of
explaining the set of facts before us, is there
any other answer equally, or more, likely
than cause and effect?
While these aspects frame
considerations weighed in assessing the
epidemiologic evidence, they do not
lend themselves to being considered in
terms of simple formulas or hard-andfast rules of evidence leading to answers
about causality (Hill, 1965). One, for
example, cannot simply count up the
numbers of studies reporting
statistically significant results or
statistically non-significant results for
carcinogenesis and related MOAs and
reach credible conclusions about the
relative strength of the evidence and the
likelihood of causality. Rather, these
important considerations are taken into
account throughout the assessment with
a goal of producing an objective
appraisal of the evidence (informed by
peer and public comment and advice),
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
which includes the weighing of
alternative views on controversial
issues. Thus, although these guidelines
have become known as ‘‘causal
criteria,’’ it is important to note that
they cannot be used as a strictly
quantitative checklist. Rather, these
‘‘criteria’’ should be used to determine
the strength of the evidence for
concluding causality. In particular, the
absence of one or more of the ‘‘criteria’’
does not automatically exclude a study
from consideration (e.g., see discussion
in CDC, 2004). The list below has been
adapted from Hill’s guidelines as an aid
in judging causality.
(a) Consistency of the observed
association. An inference of causality is
strengthened when a pattern of elevated
risks is observed across several
independent studies. The
reproducibility of findings constitutes
one of the strongest arguments for
causality. If there are discordant results
among investigations, possible reasons
such as differences in exposure,
confounding factors, and the power of
the study are considered.
(b) Strength of the observed
association. The finding of large, precise
risks increases confidence that the
association is not likely due to chance,
bias, or other factors. A modest risk,
however, does not preclude a causal
association and may reflect a lower level
of exposure, an agent of lower potency,
or a common disease with a high
background level.
(c) Specificity of the observed
association. As originally intended, this
refers to increased inference of causality
if one cause is associated with a single
effect or disease (Hill, 1965). Based on
our current understanding that many
agents cause cancer at multiple sites,
and many cancers have multiple causes,
this is now considered one of the
weaker guidelines for causality. Thus,
although the presence of specificity may
support causality, its absence does not
exclude it.
(d) Temporal relationship of the
observed association. A causal
interpretation is strengthened when
exposure is known to precede
development of the disease. Because a
latent period of up to 20 years or longer
is often associated with cancer
development in adults, the study should
consider whether exposures occurred
sufficiently long ago to produce an
effect at the time the cancer is assessed.
This is among the strongest criteria for
an inference of causality.
(e) Biological gradient (exposureresponse relationship). A clear
exposure-response relationship (e.g.,
increasing effects associated with
greater exposure) strongly suggests
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
cause and effect, especially when such
relationships are also observed for
duration of exposure (e.g., increasing
effects observed following longer
exposure times). There are many
possible reasons that an epidemiologic
study may fail to detect an exposureresponse relationship. For example, an
analysis that included decreasing
exposures due to improved technology
that is combined with higher prior
exposure in an initial analysis can
require a segmented analysis to
apportion exposure. Other reasons for
failure to detect a relationship may
include a small range of exposures.
Thus, the absence of an exposureresponse relationship does not exclude
a causal relationship.
(f) Biological plausibility. An
inference of causality tends to be
strengthened by consistency with data
from experimental studies or other
sources demonstrating plausible
biological mechanisms. A lack of
mechanistic data, however, is not a
reason to reject causality.
(g) Coherence. An inference of
causality may be strengthened by other
lines of evidence that support a causeand-effect interpretation of the
association. Information is considered
from animal bioassays, toxicokinetic
studies, and short-term studies. The
absence of other lines of evidence,
however, is not a reason to reject
causality.
(h) Experimental evidence (from
human populations). Experimental
evidence is seldom available from
human populations and exists only
when conditions of human exposure
have occurred to create a ‘‘natural
experiment’’ at different levels of
exposure. Strong evidence for causality
can be provided when a change in
exposure brings about a change in
disease frequency, for example, the
decrease in the risk of lung cancer that
follows cessation of smoking.
(i) Analogy. SARs and information on
the agent’s structural analogues can
provide insight into whether an
association is causal. Similarly,
information on mode of action for a
chemical, as one of many structural
analogues, can inform decisions
regarding likely causality.
2.2.2. Animal Data
Various whole-animal test systems are
currently used or are under
development for evaluating potential
carcinogenicity. Cancer studies
involving chronic exposure for most of
the lifespan of an animal are generally
accepted for evaluation of tumor effects
(Tomatis et al., 1989; Rall, 1991; Allen
et al., 1988; but see Ames and Gold,
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17781
1990). Other studies of special design
are useful for observing formation of
preneoplastic lesions or tumors or
investigating specific modes of action.
Their applicability is determined on a
case-by-case basis.
2.2.2.1. Long-Term Carcinogenicity
Studies
The objective of long-term
carcinogenesis bioassays is to determine
the potential carcinogenic hazard and
dose-response relationships of the test
agent. Carcinogenicity rodent studies
are designed to examine the production
of tumors as well as preneoplastic
lesions and other indications of chronic
toxicity that may provide evidence of
treatment-related effects and insights
into the way the test agent produces
tumors. Current standardized
carcinogenicity studies in rodents test at
least 50 animals per sex per dose group
in each of three treatment groups and in
a concurrent control group, usually for
18 to 24 months, depending on the
rodent species tested (OECD, 1981; U.S.
EPA, 1998c). The high dose in long-term
studies is generally selected to provide
the maximum ability to detect
treatment-related carcinogenic effects
while not compromising the outcome of
the study through excessive toxicity or
inducing inappropriate toxicokinetics
(e.g., overwhelming absorption or
detoxification mechanisms). The
purpose of two or more lower doses is
to provide some information on the
shape of the dose-response curve.
Similar protocols have been and
continue to be used by many
laboratories worldwide.
All available studies of tumor effects
in whole animals should be considered,
at least preliminarily. The analysis
should discard studies judged to be
wholly inadequate in protocol, conduct,
or results. Criteria for the technical
adequacy of animal carcinogenicity
studies have been published and should
be used as guidance to judge the
acceptability of individual studies (e.g.,
NTP, 1984; OSTP, 1985; Chhabra et al.,
1990). As these criteria, in whole or in
part, may be updated by the National
Toxicology Program (NTP) and others,
the analyst should consult the
appropriate sources to determine both
the current standards as well as those
that were contemporaneous with the
study. Care should be taken to include
studies that provide some evidence
bearing on carcinogenicity or that help
interpret effects noted in other studies,
even if these studies have some
limitations of protocol or conduct. Such
limited, but not wholly inadequate,
studies can contribute as their
deficiencies permit. The findings of
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17782
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
long-term rodent bioassays should be
interpreted in conjunction with results
of prechronic studies along with
toxicokinetic studies and other
pertinent information, if available.
Evaluation of tumor effects takes into
consideration both biological and
statistical significance of the findings
(Haseman, 1984, 1985, 1990, 1995). The
following sections highlight the major
issues in the evaluation of long-term
carcinogenicity studies.
2.2.2.1.1. Dosing Issues
Among the many criteria for technical
adequacy of animal carcinogenicity
studies is the appropriateness of dose
selection. The selection of doses for
chronic bioassays is based on scientific
judgments and sound toxicologic
principles. Dose selection should be
made on the basis of relevant
toxicologic information from
prechronic, mechanistic, and
toxicokinetic and mechanistic studies.
A scientific rationale for dose selection
should be clearly articulated (e.g., NTP,
1984; ILSI, 1997). How well the dose
selection is made is evaluated after the
completion of the bioassay.
Interpretation of carcinogenicity study
results is profoundly affected by study
exposure conditions, especially by
inappropriate dose selection. This is
particularly important in studies that do
not show positive results for
carcinogenicity, because failure to use a
sufficiently high dose reduces the
sensitivity of the studies. A lack of
tumorigenic responses at exposure
levels that cause significant impairment
of animal survival may also not be
acceptable. In addition, overt toxicity or
qualitatively altered toxicokinetics due
to excessively high doses may result in
tumor effects that are secondary to the
toxicity rather than directly attributable
to the agent.
With regard to the appropriateness of
the high dose, an adequate high dose
would generally be one that produces
some toxic effects without unduly
affecting mortality from effects other
than cancer or producing significant
adverse effects on the nutrition and
health of the test animals (OECD, 1981;
NRC, 1993a). If the test agent does not
appear to cause any specific target organ
toxicity or perturbation of physiological
function, an adequate high dose can be
specified in terms of a percentage
reduction of body weight gain over the
lifespan of the animals. The high dose
would generally be considered
inadequate if neither toxicity nor change
in weight gain is observed. On the other
hand, significant increases in mortality
from effects other than cancer generally
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
indicate that an adequate high dose has
been exceeded.
Other signs of treatment-related
toxicity associated with an excessive
high dose may include (a) Significant
reduction of body weight gain (e.g.,
greater than 10%), (b) significant
increases in abnormal behavioral and
clinical signs, (c) significant changes in
hematology or clinical chemistry, (d)
saturation of absorption and
detoxification mechanisms, or (e)
marked changes in organ weight,
morphology, and histopathology. It
should be noted that practical upper
limits have been established to avoid
the use of excessively high doses in
long-term carcinogenicity studies of
environmental chemicals (e.g., 5% of
the test substance in the feed for dietary
studies or 1 g/kg body weight for oral
gavage studies [OECD, 1981]).
For dietary studies, weight gain
reductions should be evaluated as to
whether there is a palatability problem
or an issue with food efficiency;
certainly, the latter is a toxic
manifestation. In the case of inhalation
studies with respirable particles,
evidence of impairment of normal
clearance of particles from the lung
should be considered along with other
signs of toxicity to the respiratory
airways to determine whether the high
exposure concentration has been
appropriately selected (U.S. EPA,
2001a). For dermal studies, evidence of
skin irritation may indicate that an
adequate high dose has been reached
(U.S. EPA, 1989).
In order to obtain the most relevant
information from a long-term
carcinogenicity study, it is important to
maximize exposure conditions to the
test material. At the same time, caution
is appropriate in using excessive highdose levels that would confound the
interpretation of study results to
humans. The middle and lowest doses
should be selected to characterize the
shape of the dose-response curve as
much as possible. It is important that
the doses be adequately spaced so that
the study can provide relevant doseresponse data for assessing human
hazard and risk. If the testing of
potential carcinogenicity is being
combined with an evaluation of
noncancer chronic toxicity, the study
should be designed to include one dose
in addition to the control(s) that is not
expected to elicit adverse effects.
There are several possible outcomes
regarding the study interpretation of the
significance and relevance of
tumorigenic effects associated with
exposure or dose levels below, at, or
above an adequate high dose. The
general guidance is given here; for each
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
case, the information at hand should be
evaluated and a rationale should be
given for the position taken.
• Adequately high dose. If an
adequately high dose has been used,
tumor effects are judged positive or
negative depending on the presence or
absence of significant tumor incidence
increases, respectively.
• Excessively high dose. If toxicity or
mortality is excessive at the high dose,
interpretation depends on whether or
not tumors are found.
—Studies that show tumor effects only
at excessive doses may be
compromised and may or may not
carry weight, depending on the
interpretation in the context of other
study results and other lines of
evidence. Results of such studies,
however, are generally not considered
suitable for dose-response
extrapolation if it is determined that
the mode(s) of action underlying the
tumorigenic responses at high doses is
not operative at lower doses.
—Studies that show tumors at lower
doses, even though the high dose is
excessive and may be discounted,
should be evaluated on their own
merits.
—If a study does not show an increase
in tumor incidence at a toxic high
dose and appropriately spaced lower
doses are used without such toxicity
or tumors, the study is generally
judged as negative for carcinogenicity.
• Inadequately high dose. Studies of
inadequate sensitivity where an
adequately high dose has not been
reached may be used to bound the dose
range where carcinogenic effects might
be expected.
2.2.2.1.2. Statistical Considerations
The main aim of statistical evaluation
is to determine whether exposure to the
test agent is associated with an increase
of tumor development. Statistical
analysis of a long-term study should be
performed for each tumor type
separately. The incidence of benign and
malignant lesions of the same cell type,
usually within a single tissue or organ,
are considered separately but may be
combined when scientifically defensible
(McConnell et al., 1986).
Trend tests and pairwise comparison
tests are the recommended tests for
determining whether chance, rather
than a treatment-related effect, is a
plausible explanation for an apparent
increase in tumor incidence. A trend
test such as the Cochran-Armitage test
(Snedecor and Cochran, 1967) asks
whether the results in all dose groups
together increase as dose increases. A
pairwise comparison test such as the
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
Fisher exact test (Fisher, 1950) asks
whether an incidence in one dose group
is increased over that of the control
group. By convention, for both tests a
statistically significant comparison is
one for which p is less than 0.05 that the
increased incidence is due to chance.
Significance in either kind of test is
sufficient to reject the hypothesis that
chance accounts for the result.
A statistically significant response
may or may not be biologically
significant and vice versa. The selection
of a significance level is a policy choice
based on a trade-off between the risks of
false positives and false negatives. A
result with a significance level of greater
or less than 5% (the most common
significance level) is examined to see if
the result confirms other scientific
information. When the assessment
departs from a simple 5% level, this
should be highlighted in the risk
characterization. A two-tailed test or a
one-tailed test can be used. In either
case a rationale is provided.
Statistical power can affect the
likelihood that a statistically significant
result could reasonably be expected.
This is especially important in studies
or dose groups with small sample sizes
or low dose rates. Reporting the
statistical power can be useful for
comparing and reconciling positive and
negative results from different studies.
Considerations of multiple
comparisons should also be taken into
account. Haseman (1983) analyzed
typical animal bioassays that tested both
sexes of two species and concluded that,
because of multiple comparisons, a
single tumor increase for a species-sexsite combination that is statistically
significant at the 1% level for common
tumors or 5% for rare tumors
corresponds to a 7–8% significance
level for the study as a whole.
Therefore, animal bioassays presenting
only one significant result that falls
short of the 1% level for a common
tumor should be treated with caution.
2.2.2.1.3. Concurrent and Historical
Controls
The standard for determining
statistical significance of tumor
incidence comes from a comparison of
tumors in dosed animals with those in
concurrent control animals. Additional
insights about both statistical and
biological significance can come from
an examination of historical control data
(Tarone, 1982; Haseman, 1995).
Historical control data can add to the
analysis, particularly by enabling
identification of uncommon tumor types
or high spontaneous incidence of a
tumor in a given animal strain.
Identification of common or uncommon
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
situations prompts further thought
about the meaning of the response in the
current study in context with other
observations in animal studies and with
other evidence about the carcinogenic
potential of the agent. These other
sources of information may reinforce or
weaken the significance given to the
response in the hazard assessment.
Caution should be exercised in simply
looking at the ranges of historical
responses, because the range ignores
differences in survival of animals among
studies and is related to the number of
studies in the database.
In analyzing results for uncommon
tumors in a treated group that are not
statistically significant in comparison
with concurrent controls, the analyst
may be informed by the experience of
historical controls to conclude that the
result is in fact unlikely to be due to
chance. However, caution should be
used in interpreting results. In analyzing
results for common tumors, a different
set of considerations comes into play.
Generally speaking, statistically
significant increases in tumors should
not be discounted simply because
incidence rates in the treated groups are
within the range of historical controls or
because incidence rates in the
concurrent controls are somewhat lower
than average. Random assignment of
animals to groups and proper statistical
procedures provide assurance that
statistically significant results are
unlikely to be due to chance alone.
However, caution should be used in
interpreting results that are barely
statistically significant or in which
incidence rates in concurrent controls
are unusually low in comparison with
historical controls.
In cases where there may be reason to
discount the biological relevance to
humans of increases in common animal
tumors, such considerations should be
weighed on their own merits and clearly
distinguished from statistical concerns.
When historical control data are used,
the discussion should address several
issues that affect comparability of
historical and concurrent control data,
such as genetic drift in the laboratory
strains, differences in pathology
examination at different times and in
different laboratories (e.g., in criteria for
evaluating lesions; variations in the
techniques for the preparation or
reading of tissue samples among
laboratories), and comparability of
animals from different suppliers. The
most relevant historical data come from
the same laboratory and the same
supplier and are gathered within 2 or 3
years one way or the other of the study
under review; other data should be used
only with extreme caution.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17783
2.2.2.1.4. Assessment of Evidence of
Carcinogenicity From Long-term Animal
Studies
In general, observation of tumors
under different circumstances lends
support to the significance of the
findings for animal carcinogenicity.
Significance is generally increased by
the observation of more of the factors
listed below. For a factor such as
malignancy, the severity of the observed
pathology can also affect the
significance. The following observations
add significance to the tumor findings:
• Uncommon tumor types;
• Tumors at multiple sites;
• Tumors by more than one route of
administration;
• Tumors in multiple species, strains,
or both sexes;
• Progression of lesions from
preneoplastic to benign to malignant;
• Reduced latency of neoplastic
lesions;
• Metastases;
• Unusual magnitude of tumor
response;
• Proportion of malignant tumors;
and
• Dose-related increases.
In these cancer guidelines, tumors
observed in animals are generally
assumed to indicate that an agent may
produce tumors in humans. Mode of
action may help inform this assumption
on a chemical-specific basis. Moreover,
the absence of tumors in wellconducted, long-term animal studies in
at least two species provides reasonable
assurance that an agent may not be a
carcinogenic concern for humans.
2.2.2.1.5. Site Concordance
Site concordance of tumor effects
between animals and humans should be
considered in each case. Thus far, there
is evidence that growth control
mechanisms at the level of the cell are
homologous among mammals, but there
is no evidence that these mechanisms
are site concordant. Moreover, agents
observed to produce tumors in both
humans and animals have produced
tumors either at the same site (e.g., vinyl
chloride) or different sites (e.g.,
benzene)(NRC, 1994). Hence, site
concordance is not always assumed
between animals and humans. On the
other hand, certain modes of action with
consequences for particular tissue sites
(e.g., disruption of thyroid function)
may lead to an anticipation of site
concordance.
2.2.2.2. Perinatal Carcinogenicity
Studies
The objective of perinatal
carcinogenesis studies is to determine
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17784
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
the carcinogenic potential and doseresponse relationships of the test agent
in the developing organism. Some
investigators have hypothesized that the
age of initial exposure to a chemical
carcinogen may influence the
carcinogenic response (Vesselinovitch et
al., 1979; Rice, 1979; McConnell, 1992).
Current standardized long-term
carcinogenesis bioassays generally begin
dosing animals at 6–8 weeks of age and
continue dosing for the lifespan of the
animal (18–24 months). This protocol
has been modified in some cases to
investigate the potential of the test agent
to induce transplacental carcinogenesis
or to investigate the potential
differences following perinatal and
adult exposures, but currently there is
not a standardized protocol for testing
agents for carcinogenic effects following
prenatal or early postnatal exposure.
Several cancer bioassay studies have
compared adult and perinatal exposures
(see McConnell, 1992; U.S. EPA, 1996b).
A review of these studies reveals that
perinatal exposure rarely identifies
carcinogens that are not found in
standard animal bioassays. Exposure
that is perinatal can increase the
incidence of a given type of tumor. The
increase may reflect an increased length
of exposure and a higher dose for the
developing organism relative to the
adult or an increase in susceptibility in
some cases. Additionally, exposure that
is perinatal through adulthood
sometimes reduces the latency period
for tumors to develop in the growing
organism (U.S. EPA, 1996b). EPA
evaluates the usefulness of perinatal
studies on an agent-by-agent basis (e.g.,
U.S. EPA, 1997a, b).
Perinatal study data analysis generally
follows the principles discussed above
for evaluating other long-term
carcinogenicity studies. When
differences in responses between
perinatal animals and adult animals
suggest an increased susceptibility of
perinatal or postnatal animals, such as
the ones below, a separate evaluation of
the response should be prepared:
• A difference in dose-response
relationship,
• The presence of different tumor
types,
• An earlier onset of tumors, or
• An increase in the incidence of
tumors.
2.2.2.3. Other Studies
Intermediate-term and acute dosing
studies often use protocols that screen
for carcinogenic or preneoplastic effects,
sometimes in a single tissue. Some
protocols involve the development of
various proliferative lesions, such as
foci of alteration in the liver
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
(Goldsworthy et al., 1986). Others use
tumor endpoints, such as the induction
of lung adenomas in the sensitive strain
A mouse (Maronpot et al., 1986) or
tumor induction in initiation-promotion
studies using various organs such as the
bladder, intestine, liver, lung, mammary
gland, and thyroid (Ito et al., 1992). In
these tests, the selected tissue rather
than the whole animal is, in a sense, the
test system. Important information
concerning the steps in the carcinogenic
process and mode of action can be
obtained from ‘‘start/stop’’ experiments.
In these protocols, an agent is given for
a period of time to induce particular
lesions or effects and then stopped in
order to evaluate the progression or
reversibility of processes (Todd, 1986;
Marsman and Popp, 1994).
Assays in genetically engineered
rodents may provide insight into the
chemical and gene interactions involved
in carcinogenesis (Tennant et al., 1995).
These mechanistically based approaches
involve activated oncogenes that are
introduced (transgenic) or tumor
suppressor genes that are deleted
(knocked out). If appropriate genes are
selected, not only may these systems
provide information on mechanisms,
but the rodents typically show tumor
development earlier than in the
standard bioassay. Transgenic
mutagenesis assays also represent a
mechanistic approach for assessing the
mutagenic properties of agents as well
as developing quantitative linkages
between exposure, internal dose, and
mutation related to tumor induction
(Morrison and Ashby, 1994; Sisk et al.,
1994; Hayward et al., 1995).
The support that these studies give to
a determination of carcinogenicity rests
on their contribution to the consistency
of other evidence about an agent. For
instance, benzoyl peroxide has promoter
activity on the skin, but the overall
evidence may be less supportive (Kraus
et al., 1995). These studies also may
contribute information about mode of
action. It is important to recognize the
limitations of these experimental
protocols, such as short duration,
limited histology, lack of complete
development of tumors, or experimental
manipulation of the carcinogenic
process, that may limit their
contribution to the overall assessment.
Generally, their results are appropriate
as aids in the interpretation of other
toxicological evidence (e.g., rodent
chronic bioassays), especially regarding
potential modes of action. On the basis
of currently available information, it is
unlikely that any of these assays, which
are conducted for 6 months with 15
animals per group, will replace all
chronic bioassays for hazard
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
identification (Spalding et al., 2000;
Gulezian et al., 2000; ILSI, 2001).
2.2.3. Structural Analogue Data
For some chemical classes, there is
significant available information, largely
from rodent bioassays, on the
carcinogenicity of analogues. Analogue
effects are instructive in investigating
carcinogenic potential of an agent as
well as in identifying potential target
organs, exposures associated with
effects, and potential functional class
effects or modes of action. All
appropriate studies should be included
and analyzed, whether indicative of a
positive effect or not. Evaluation
includes tests in various animal species,
strains, and sexes; with different routes
of administration; and at various doses,
as data are available. Confidence in
conclusions is a function of how similar
the analogues are to the agent under
review in structure, metabolism, and
biological activity. It is important to
consider this confidence to ensure a
balanced position.
2.3. Analysis of Other Key Data
The physical, chemical, and structural
properties of an agent, as well as data on
endpoints that are thought to be critical
elements of the carcinogenic process,
provide valuable insights into the
likelihood of human cancer risk. The
following sections provide guidance for
analyses of these data.
2.3.1. Physicochemical Properties
Physicochemical properties affect an
agent’s absorption, tissue distribution
(bioavailability), biotransformation, and
degradation in the body and are
important determinants of hazard
potential (and dose-response analysis).
Properties that should be analyzed
include, but are not limited to,
molecular weight, size, and shape;
valence state; physical state (gas, liquid,
solid); water or lipid solubility, which
can influence retention and tissue
distribution; and potential for chemical
degradation or stabilization in the body.
An agent’s potential for chemical
reaction with cellular components,
particularly with DNA and proteins, is
also important. The agent’s molecular
size and shape, electrophilicity, and
charge distribution are considered in
order to decide whether they would
facilitate such reactions.
2.3.2. Structure-Activity Relationships
(SARs)
SAR analyses and models can be used
to predict molecular properties,
surrogate biological endpoints, and
carcinogenicity (see, e.g., Richard,
1998a, b; Richard and Williams, 2002;
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
Contrera et al., 2003). Overall, these
analyses provide valuable initial
information on agents, they may
strengthen or weaken concern, and they
are part of the weight of evidence.
Currently, SAR analysis is most useful
for chemicals and metabolites that are
believed to initiate carcinogenesis
through covalent interaction with DNA
(i.e., DNA-reactive, mutagenic,
electrophilic, or proelectrophilic
chemicals) (Ashby and Tennant, 1991).
For organic chemicals, the predictive
capability of SAR analysis combined
with other toxicity information has been
demonstrated (Ashby and Tennant,
1994). The following parameters are
useful in comparing an agent to its
structural analogues and congeners that
produce tumors and affect related
biological processes such as receptor
binding and activation, mutagenicity,
and general toxicity (Woo and Arcos,
1989):
• Nature and reactivity of the
electrophilic moiety or moieties present;
• Potential to form electrophilic
reactive intermediate(s) through
chemical, photochemical, or metabolic
activation;
• Contribution of the carrier molecule
to which the electrophilic moiety(ies) is
attached;
• Physicochemical properties (e.g.,
physical state, solubility, octanol/water
partition coefficient, half-life in aqueous
solution);
• Structural and substructural
features (e.g., electronic, stearic,
molecular geometric);
• Metabolic pattern (e.g., metabolic
pathways and activation and
detoxification ratio); and
• Possible exposure route(s) of the
agent.
Suitable SAR analysis of non-DNAreactive chemicals and of DNA-reactive
chemicals that do not appear to bind
covalently to DNA should be based on
knowledge or postulation of the
probable mode(s) of action of closely
related carcinogenic structural
analogues (e.g., receptor mediated,
cytotoxicity related). Examination of the
physicochemical and biochemical
properties of the agent may then provide
the rest of the information needed in
order to make an assessment of the
likelihood of the agent’s activity by that
mode of action.
2.3.3. Comparative Metabolism and
Toxicokinetics
Studies of the absorption,
distribution, biotransformation, and
excretion of agents permit comparisons
among species to assist in determining
the implications of animal responses for
human hazard assessment, supporting
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
identification of active metabolites,
identifying changes in distribution and
metabolic pathway or pathways over a
dose range, and making comparisons
among different routes of exposure.
If extensive data are available (e.g.,
blood/tissue partition coefficients and
pertinent physiological parameters of
the species of interest), physiologically
based toxicokinetic models can be
constructed to assist in a determination
of tissue dosimetry, species-to-species
extrapolation of dose, and route-to-route
extrapolation (Conolly and Andersen,
1991; see Section 3.1.2). If sufficient
data are not available, it may be
assumed as a default that toxicokinetic
and metabolic processes are
qualitatively comparable among species.
Discussion of appropriate procedures
for quantitative, interspecies
comparisons appears in Chapter 3.
The qualitative question of whether
an agent is absorbed by a particular
route of exposure is important for
weight of evidence classification,
discussed in Section 2.5. Decisions
about whether route of exposure is a
limiting factor on expression of any
hazard, e.g., absorption does not occur
by a specified route, are generally based
on studies in which effects of the agent
or its structural analogues have been
observed by different routes, on
physical-chemical properties, or on
toxicokinetics studies.
Adequate metabolism and
toxicokinetic data can be applied
toward the following, as data permit.
Confidence in conclusions is enhanced
when in vivo data are available.
• Identifying metabolites and reactive
intermediates of metabolism and
determining whether one or more of
these intermediates is likely to be
responsible for the observed effects.
Information on the reactive
intermediates focuses on SAR analysis,
analysis of potential modes of action,
and estimation of internal dose in doseresponse assessment (D’Souza et al.,
1987; Krewski et al., 1987).
• Identifying and comparing the
relative activities of metabolic pathways
in animals and in humans, and at
different ages. This analysis can provide
insights for extrapolating results of
animal studies to humans.
• Describing anticipated distribution
within the body and possibly identifying
target organs. Use of water solubility,
molecular weight, and structure analysis
can support qualitative inferences about
anticipated distribution and excretion.
In addition, describing whether the
agent or metabolite of concern will be
excreted rapidly or slowly or whether it
will be stored in a particular tissue or
tissues to be mobilized later can identify
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17785
issues in comparing species and
formulating dose-response assessment
approaches.
• Identifying changes in
toxicokinetics and metabolic pathways
with increases in dose. These changes
may result in important differences
between high and low dose levels in
disposition of the agent or generation of
its active forms. These studies play an
important role in providing a rationale
for dose selection in carcinogenicity
studies.
• Identifying and comparing
metabolic process differences by age,
sex, or other characteristic so that
susceptible subpopulations can be
recognized. For example, metabolic
capacity with respect to P450 enzymes
in newborn children is extremely
limited compared to that in adults, so
that a carcinogenic metabolite formed
through P450 activity will have limited
effect in the young, whereas a
carcinogenic agent deactivated through
P450 activity will result in increased
susceptibility of this lifestage (Cresteil,
1998). A variety of changes in
toxicokinetics and physiology occur
from the fetal stage to post-weaning to
young child. Any of these changes may
make a difference for risk (Renwick,
1998).
• Determining bioavailability via
different routes of exposure by
analyzing uptake processes under
various exposure conditions. This
analysis supports identification of
hazards for untested routes. In addition,
use of physicochemical data (e.g.,
octanol-water partition coefficient
information) can support an inference
about the likelihood of dermal
absorption (Flynn, 1990).
Attempts should be made in all of
these areas to clarify and describe as
much as possible the variability to be
expected because of differences in
species, sex, age, and route of exposure.
The analysis takes into account the
presence of subpopulations of
individuals who are particularly
vulnerable to the effects of an agent
because of toxicokinetic or metabolic
differences (genetically or
environmentally determined) (Bois et
al., 1995) and is a special emphasis for
assessment of risks to children.
2.3.4. Toxicological and Clinical
Findings
Toxicological findings in
experimental animals and clinical
observations in humans are important
resources for the cancer hazard
assessment. Such findings provide
information on physiological effects and
effects on enzymes, hormones, and
other important macromolecules as well
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17786
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
as on target organs for toxicity. For
example, given that the cancer process
represents defects in processes such as
terminal differentiation, growth control,
and cell death, developmental studies of
agents may provide an understanding of
the activity of an agent that carries over
to cancer assessment. Toxicity studies
in animals by different routes of
administration support comparison of
absorption and metabolism by those
routes. Data on human variability in
standard clinical tests may also provide
insight into the range of human
susceptibility and the common
mechanisms of agents that affect the
tested parameters.
2.3.5. Events Relevant to Mode of
Carcinogenic Action
Knowledge of the biochemical and
biological changes that precede tumor
development (which include, but are
not limited to, mutagenesis, increased
cell proliferation, inhibition of
programmed cell death, and receptor
activation) may provide important
insight for determining whether a
cancer hazard exists and may help
inform appropriate consideration of the
dose-response relationship below the
range of observable tumor response.
Because cancer can result from a series
of genetic alterations in the genes that
control cell growth, division, and
differentiation (Vogelstein et al., 1988;
Hanahan and Weinberg, 2000; Kinzler
and Vogelstein, 2002), the ability of an
agent to affect genotype (and hence gene
products) or gene expression is of
obvious importance in evaluating its
influence on the carcinogenic process.
Initial and key questions to examine are:
Does the agent (or its metabolite)
interact directly with DNA, leading to
mutations that bring about changes in
gene products or gene expression? Does
the agent bring about effects on gene
expression via other nondirect DNA
interaction processes?
Furthermore, carcinogenesis involves
a complex series and interplay of events
that alter the signals a cell receives from
its extracellular environment, thereby
promoting uncontrolled growth. Many,
but not all, mutagens are carcinogens,
and some, but not all, agents that induce
cell proliferation lead to tumor
development. Thus, understanding the
range of key steps in the carcinogenic
process upon which an agent might act
is essential for evaluating its mode of
action. Determination of carcinogens
that are operating by a mutagenic mode
of action, for example, entails
evaluation of in vivo or in vitro shortterm testing results for genetic
endpoints, metabolic profiles,
physicochemical properties, and
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
structure-activity relationship (SAR)
analyses in a weight-of-evidence
approach (Dearfield et al., 1991; U.S.
EPA, 1986b; Waters et al., 1999). Key
data for a mutagenic mode of action may
be evidence that the carcinogen or a
metabolite is DNA-reactive and/or has
the ability to bind to DNA. Also,
mutagenic carcinogens usually produce
positive effects in multiple test systems
for different genetic endpoints,
particularly gene mutations and
structural chromosome aberrations, and
in tests performed in vivo which
generally are supported by positive tests
in vitro. Additionally, carcinogens may
be identified as operating via a
mutagenic mode of action if they have
similar properties and SAR to
mutagenic carcinogens. Endpoints that
provide insight into an agent’s ability to
alter gene products and gene expression,
together with other features of an agent’s
potential mode of carcinogenic action,
are discussed below.
2.3.5.1. Direct DNA-Reactive Effects
It is well known that many
carcinogens are electrophiles that
interact with DNA, resulting in DNA
adducts and breakage (referred to in
these cancer guidelines as direct DNA
effects). Usually during the process of
DNA replication, these DNA lesions can
be converted into and fixed as
mutations and chromosomal alterations
that then may initiate and otherwise
contribute to the carcinogenic process
(Shelby and Zeiger, 1990; Tinwell and
Ashby, 1991; IARC, 1999). Thus, studies
of mutations and other genetic lesions
continue to inform the assessment of
potential human cancer hazard and in
the understanding of an agent’s mode of
carcinogenic action.
EPA has published testing guidelines
for detecting the ability of an agent to
damage DNA and produce mutations
and chromosomal alterations (as
discussed in Dearfield et al., 1991).
Briefly, standard tests for gene
mutations in bacteria and mammalian
cells in vitro and in vivo and for
structural chromosomal aberrations in
vitro and in vivo are important examples
of relevant methods. New molecular
approaches, such as mouse mutations
and cancer transgenic models, are
providing a means to examine mutation
at tissue sites where the tumor response
is observed (Heddle and Swiger, 1996;
Tennant et al., 1999). Additionally,
continued improvements in fluorescentbased chromosome staining methods
(fluorescent in situ hybridization
[FISH]) will allow the detection of
specific chromosomal abnormalities in
relevant target tissues (Tucker and
Preston, 1998).
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Endpoints indicative of DNA damage
but not measures of mutation per se,
such as DNA adducts or strand
breakage, may be detected in relevant
target tissues and thus contribute to
evaluating an agent’s mutagenic
potential. Evidence of chemical-specific
DNA adducts (e.g., reactions at oxygen
sites in DNA bases or with ring
nitrogens of guanine and adenine)
provides information on a mutagen’s
ability to directly interact with DNA (La
and Swenberg, 1996). Some planar
molecules (e.g., 9-aminoacridine)
intercalate between base pairs of DNA,
which results in a physical distortion in
DNA that may lead to mutations when
DNA replicates. As discussed below,
some carcinogens do not interact
directly with DNA, but they can
produce increases in endogenous levels
of DNA adducts (e.g., 8hydroxyguanine) by indirect
mechanisms.
2.3.5.2. Indirect DNA Effects or Other
Effects on Genes/Gene Expression
Although some carcinogens may
result in an elevation of mutations or
cytogenetic anomalies, as detected in
standard assays, they may do so by
indirect mechanisms. These effects may
be brought about by chemical-cell
interactions rather than by the chemical
(or its metabolite) directly interacting
with DNA. An increase in mutations
might be due to cytotoxic exposures
causing regenerative proliferation or to
mitogenic influences (Cohen and
Ellwein, 1990). Increased cell division
may elevate mutation by clonal
expansion of initiated cells or by
increasing the number of genetic errors
by rapid cell division and reduced time
for DNA repair. Some agents might
result in an elevation of mutations by
interfering with the enzymes involved
in DNA repair and recombination
(Barrett and Lee, 1992). Damage to
certain critical DNA repair genes or
other genes (e.g., the p53 gene) may
result in genomic instability, which
predisposes cells to further genetic
alterations and increases the probability
of neoplastic progression (Harris and
Hollstein, 1993; Levine et al., 1994;
Rouse and Jackson, 2002). Likewise,
DNA repair processes may be saturated
at certain doses of a chemical, leading
to an elevation of genetic alterations.
The initiation of programmed cell
death (apoptosis) can potentially be
blocked by an agent, thereby permitting
replication of cells carrying genetic
errors that would normally be removed
from the proliferative pool. At certain
doses an agent may also generate
reactive oxygen species that produce
oxidative damage to DNA and other
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
macromolecules (Chang et al. 1988;
Kehrer, 1993; Clayson et al., 1994). The
role of cellular alterations that are
attributable to oxidative damage in
tumorigenesis (e.g., 8-hydroxyguanine)
is currently unclear.
Several carcinogens have been shown
to induce aneuploidy (the loss or gain
of chromosomes) (Barrett, 1992; Gibson
et al., 1995). Aneuploidy can result in
the loss of heterozygosity or genomic
instability (Cavenee et al., 1986; Fearon
and Vogelstein, 1990). Agents that cause
aneuploidy typically interfere with the
normal process of chromosome
segregation by interacting with nonDNA targets such as the proteins needed
for chromosome segregation and
chromosome movement. Whether this
chromosome imbalance is the cause or
the effect of tumorigenesis is not clear.
Thus, it is important to understand if
the agent induces aneuploidy as a key
early event in the carcinogenic process.
It is possible for an agent to alter gene
expression by transcriptional,
translational, or post-translational
modifications. For example,
perturbation of DNA methylation
patterns may cause effects that
contribute to carcinogenesis (Jones,
1986; Holliday, 1987; Goodman and
Counts, 1993; Chuang et al., 1996;
Baylin and Bestor, 2002).
Overexpression of genes by DNA
amplification has been observed in
certain tumors (Vainio et al., 1992).
Mechanisms of altering gene expression
may involve cellular reprogramming
through hormonal or receptor-mediated
mechanisms (Barrett, 1992; Ashby et al.,
1994).
Both cell proliferation and
programmed cell death can be part of
the maintenance of homeostasis in
many normal tissues, and alterations in
the level or rate of either can be
important elements of the carcinogenic
process. The balance between the two
can directly affect the survival and
growth of initiated cells as well as
preneoplastic and tumor cell
populations (i.e., increase in cell
proliferation or decrease in cell death)
(Moolgavkar, 1986; Cohen and Ellwein,
1990, 1991; Cohen et al., 1991; Bellamy
et al., 1995). Thus, measurements of
these events can contribute to the
weight of the evidence for cancer hazard
prediction and to mode of action
understanding. In studies of
proliferative effects, distinctions should
be made between mitogenesis and
regenerative proliferation (Cohen and
Ellwein, 1990, 1991; Cohen et al., 1991).
In applying information from studies
on cell proliferation and apoptosis to
risk assessment, it is important to
identify the tissues and target cells
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
involved, to measure effects in both
normal and neoplastic tissue, to
distinguish between apoptosis and
necrosis, and to determine the dose that
affects these processes. Gap-junctional
intercellular communication is believed
to play a role in tissue and organ
development and in the maintenance of
a normal cellular phenotype within
tissues. A growing body of evidence
suggests that chemical interference with
gap-junctional intercellular
communication is a contributing factor
in tumor development (Swierenga and
Yamasaki, 1992; Yamasaki, 1995).
2.3.5.3. Precursor Events and Biomarker
Information
Most testing schemes for mutagenicity
and other short-term assays were
designed for hazard identification
purposes; thus, these assays are
generally conducted using acute
exposures. For data on ‘‘precursor
steps’’ to be useful in informing the
dose-response curve for tumor
induction below the level of
observation, it is often useful for data to
come from in vivo studies and from
studies where exposure is repeated or
given over an extended period of time.
Although consistency of results across
different assays and animal models
provides a stronger basis for drawing
conclusions, it is desirable to have data
on the precursor event in the same
target organ, sex, animal strain, and
species as the tumor data. In evaluating
an agent’s mode of action, it is usually
not sufficient to determine that some
event commences upon dosing. It is
important to understand whether it is a
necessary event that plays a key role in
the process that leads to tumor
development versus an effect of the
cancer process itself or simply an
associated event.
Various endpoints can serve as
biological markers of effects in
biological systems or samples. These
may help identify doses at which
elements of the carcinogenic process are
operating; aid in interspecies
extrapolations when data are available
from both experimental animal and
human cells; and under certain
circumstances, provide insights into the
possible shape of the dose-response
curve below levels where tumor
incidences are observed (e.g., Choy,
1993).
Genetic and other findings (such as
changes in proto-oncogenes and tumor
suppressor genes in preneoplastic and
neoplastic tissue or, possibly, measures
of endocrine disruption) can indicate
the potential for disease and, as such,
serve as biomarkers of effect. They, too,
can be used in different ways.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17787
• The spectrum of genetic changes in
proliferative lesions and tumors
following chemical administration to
experimental animals can be
determined and compared with that in
spontaneous tumors in control animals,
in animals exposed to other agents of
varying structural and functional
activities, and in persons exposed to the
agent under study.
• Biomarkers of effect and/or
precursors may help to identify
subpopulations of individuals who may
be at an elevated risk for a certain
cancer or exposure to a certain agent,
e.g., cytochrome P450 2D6/debrisoquine
sensitivity for lung cancer (Caporaso et
al., 1989) or inherited colon cancer
syndromes (Kinzler et al., 1991;
¨
Peltomaki et al., 1993).
• As with biomarkers of exposure, it
may be justified in some cases to use
biomarkers of effect and/or precursors
for dose-response assessment or to
provide insight into the potential shape
of the dose-response curve at doses
below those at which tumors are
induced experimentally.
In applying biomarker data to cancer
assessment an assessment should
consider:
• Analytical methodology,
• Routes of exposure,
• Exposure to mixtures,
• Time after exposure,
• Sensitivity and specificity of
biomarkers, and
• Dose-response relationships.
2.3.5.4. Judging Data
Criteria that are generally applicable
for judging the adequacy of
mechanistically based data include:
• Mechanistic relevance of the data to
carcinogenicity,
• Number of studies of each
endpoint,
• Consistency of results in different
test systems and different species,
• Similar dose-response relationships
for tumor and mode of action-related
effects,
• Conduct of the tests in accordance
with generally accepted protocols, and
• Degree of consensus and general
acceptance among scientists regarding
interpretation of the significance and
specificity of the tests.
Although important information can
be gained from in vitro test systems, a
higher level of confidence is generally
given to data that are derived from in
vivo systems, particularly those results
that show a site concordance with the
tumor data.
It is important to remember that when
judging and considering the use of any
data, the basic standard of quality, as
defined by the EPA Information Quality
Guidelines, should be satisfied.
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17788
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
2.4. Mode of Action—General
Considerations and Framework for
Analysis
2.4.1. General Considerations
The interaction between the biology
of the organism and the chemical
properties of the agent determine
whether there is an adverse effect. Thus,
mode of action analysis is based on
physical, chemical, and biological
information that helps to explain key
events in an agent’s influence on
development of tumors. The entire
range of information developed in the
assessment is reviewed to arrive at a
reasoned judgment. An agent may work
by more than one mode of action, both
at different sites and at the same tumor
site. Thus the mode of action and
human relevance cannot necessarily be
generalized to other toxic endpoints or
tissues or cell types without additional
analyses (IPCS, 1999; Meek et al., 2003).
At least some information bearing on
mode of action (e.g., SAR, screening
tests for mutagenicity) is present for
most agents undergoing assessment of
carcinogenicity, even though certainty
about exact molecular mechanisms may
be rare.
Information for mode of action
analysis generally includes tumor data
in humans and animals and among
structural analogues, as well as the other
key data. The more complete the data
package and the generic knowledge
about a given mode of action, the more
confidence one has and the more one
can rely on assessment of available data
rather than reverting to default options
to address the absence of information on
mode of action. Reasoned judgments are
generally based on a data-rich source of
chemical, chemical class, and tumor
type-specific information. Many times
there will be conflicting data and gaps
in the information base; it is important
to carefully evaluate these uncertainties
before reaching any conclusion.
In making decisions about potential
modes of action and the relevance of
animal tumor findings to humans
(Ashby et al., 1990; Ashby and Tennant,
1991; Tennant, 1993; IPCS 1999;
Sonich-Mullin et al., 2001; Meek et al.,
2003), very often the results of chronic
animal studies may give important
clues. Some of the important factors to
review include:
• Tumor types, for example, those
responsive to endocrine influence or
those produced by DNA-reactive
carcinogens;
• Number of studies and of tumor
sites, sexes, and species affected or
unaffected in those studies and if the
data present a coherent story;
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
• Similarity of metabolic activation
and detoxification for a specific
chemical between humans and tested
species;
• Influence of route of exposure on
the spectrum of tumors and whether
they occur at point of exposure or
systemic sites;
• Effect of high dose exposures on the
target organ or systemic toxicity that
may not reflect typical physiological
conditions, for example, urinary
chemical changes associated with stone
formation, effects on immune
surveillance;
• Presence of proliferative lesions, for
example, hepatic foci, or hyperplasia;
• Effect of dose and time on the
progression of lesions from
preneoplastic to benign tumors, then to
malignant;
• Ratio of malignant to benign tumors
as a function of dose and time;
• Time of appearance of tumors after
commencing exposure;
• Development of tumors that invade
locally or systemically, or lead to death;
• Tumors at organ sites with high or
low background historical incidence in
laboratory animals;
• Biomarkers in tumor cells, both
induced and spontaneous, for example,
DNA or protein adducts, mutation
spectra, chromosome changes, oncogene
activation; and/or
• Shape of the dose-response curve in
the range of tumor observation, for
example, linear versus nonlinear.
Some of the myriad ways in which
information from chronic animal studies
influences mode of action judgments
include, but are not limited to, the
following:
• Multisite and multispecies tumor
effects that are often associated with
mutagenic agents;
• Tumors restricted to one sex or
species suggesting an influence
restricted to gender, strain, or species;
• Late onset of tumors that are
primarily benign, are at sites with a high
historical background incidence, or
show reversal of lesions on cessation of
exposure suggesting a growth-promoting
mode of action;
• The possibility that an agent acting
differently in different tissues; or
• The possibility that has more than
one mode of action in a single tissue.
Simple knowledge of sites of tumor
increase in rodent studies can give
preliminary clues as to mode of action.
Experience at the National Toxicology
Program (NTP) indicates that substances
that are DNA reactive and that produce
gene mutations may be unique in
producing tumors in certain anatomical
sites, whereas tumors at other sites may
arise from both mutagenic or
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
nonmutagenic influences (Ashby and
Tennant, 1991; Huff et al., 1991).
The types of data and their influence
on judgments regarding mode of action
are expected to evolve, both as science
advances and as the risk assessment
community gains more experience with
these analyses. This section contains a
framework for evaluating hypothesized
mode(s) of action. This framework has
similarities to and differences with the
concepts presented in other MOA
frameworks (e.g., IPCS, 1999; SonichMullin et al., 2001; Meek et al., 2003).
Differences are often due to the context
of the use for the framework. For
example, the Meek et al. (2003) presents
a stand-alone document for addressing
mode of action issues; thus, it
recommends that conclusions
concerning MOA be rendered
separately. In these cancer guidelines,
however, they are incorporated into the
context of all of the data regarding
weight of the evidence for
carcinogenicity.
2.4.2. Evaluating an Hypothesized Mode
of Action
2.4.2.1. Peer Review
In reaching conclusions, the question
of ‘‘general acceptance’’ of a mode of
action should be tested as part of the
independent peer review that EPA
obtains for its assessment and
conclusions. In some cases the mode of
action may already have been
established by development of a large
body of research information and
characterization of the phenomenon
over time. In some cases there will have
been development of an Agency policy
(e.g., mode of action involving alpha-2uglobulin in the male rat [U.S. EPA,
1991b]) or a series of previous
assessments in which both the mode of
action and its applicability to particular
cases has been explored. If so, the
assessment and its peer review can
focus on the evidence that a particular
agent acts in this mode. The peer review
should also evaluate the strengths and
weaknesses of competing modes of
action.
In other cases, the mode of action may
not have previously been the subject of
an Agency document. If so, the data to
support both the mode of action and the
associated activity of the agent should
undergo EPA assessment and
subsequent peer review.
2.4.2.2. Use of the Framework
The framework supports a full
analysis of mode of action information,
but it can also be used as a screen to
decide whether sufficient information is
available to evaluate or whether the data
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
gaps are too substantial to justify further
analysis. Mode of action conclusions are
used to address the question of human
relevance of animal tumor responses, to
address differences in anticipated
response among humans, such as
between children and adults or men and
women; and as the basis of decisions
about the anticipated shape of the doseresponse relationship. Guidance on the
latter appears in Section 3.
This framework is intended to
provide an analytical approach for
evaluating the mode of action. It is
neither a checklist nor a list of required
criteria. As the type and amount of
information will depend on the mode of
action postulated, scientific judgment is
important to determine if the weight of
evidence is sufficient.
2.4.3. Framework for Evaluating Each
Hypothesized Carcinogenic Mode of
Action
This framework is intended to be an
analytic tool for judging whether
available data support a mode of
carcinogenic action hypothesized for an
agent. It is based upon considerations
for causality in epidemiologic
investigations originally articulated by
Hill (1965) but later modified by others
and extended to experimental studies.
The original Hill criteria were applied to
epidemiologic data, whereas this
framework is applied to a much wider
assortment of experimental data, so it
retains the basic principles of Hill but
is much modified in content.
The modified Hill criteria can be
useful for organizing thinking about
aspects of causation, and they are
consistent with the scientific method of
developing hypotheses and testing those
hypotheses experimentally. During
analysis by EPA, and as guidance for
peer review, a key question is whether
the data to support a mode of action
meet the standards generally applied in
experimental biology regarding
inference of causation.
All pertinent studies are reviewed in
analyzing a mode of action, and an
overall weighing of evidence is
performed, laying out the strengths,
weaknesses, and uncertainties of the
case as well as potential alternative
positions and rationales. Identifying
data gaps and research needs is also part
of the assessment.
To evaluate whether an hypothesized
mode of action is operative, an analysis
starts with an outline of the scientific
findings regarding the hypothesized key
events leading to cancer, and then
weighing information to determine
whether there is a causal relationship
between these events and cancer
formation, i.e., that the effects are
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
critical for induction of tumors. It is not
generally expected that the complete
sequence will be known at the
molecular level. Instead, empirical
observations made at different levels of
biological organization—biochemical,
cellular, physiological, tissue, organ,
and system—are analyzed.
Several important points should be
considered when working with the
framework:
• The topics listed for analysis should
not be regarded as a checklist of
necessary ‘‘proofs.’’ The judgment of
whether an hypothesized mode of
action is supported by available data
takes account of the analysis as a whole.
• The framework provides a structure
for organizing the facts upon which
conclusions as to mode of action rest.
The purpose of using the framework is
to make analysis transparent and to
allow the reader to understand the facts
and reasoning behind a conclusion.
• The framework does not dictate an
answer. The weight of evidence that is
sufficient to support a decision about a
mode of action may be less or more,
depending on the purpose of the
analysis, for example, screening,
research needs identification, or full risk
assessment. To make the reasoning
transparent, the purpose of the analysis
should be made apparent to the reader.
• Toxicokinetic studies may
contribute to mode of action analysis by
contributing to identifying the active
form(s) of an agent that is central to the
mode of action. Apart from contributing
in this way, toxicokinetics studies may
reveal effects of saturation of metabolic
processes. These may not be considered
key events in a mode of action, but they
are given separate consideration in
assessing dose metrics and potential
nonlinearity of the dose-response
relationship.
• Generally, ‘‘sufficient’’ support is a
matter of scientific judgment in the
context of the requirements of the
decisionmaker or in the context of
science policy guidance regarding a
certain mode of action.
• Even when an hypothesized mode
of action is supported for a described
response in a specific tissue, it may not
explain other tumor responses observed,
which should get separate consideration
in hazard and dose-response
assessment.
For each tumor site being evaluated,
the mode of action analysis should
begin with a description of the relevant
data and key events that may be
associated with an hypothesized mode
of action and its sequence of key events
(see Section 2.4.3.1). This can be
followed by a discussion of various
aspects of the experimental support for
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17789
hypothesized mode(s) of action in
animals and humans (see Section
2.4.3.2). The possibility of other modes
of action also should be considered and
discussed (see Section 2.4.3.3); if there
is evidence for more than one mode of
action, each should receive a separate
analysis. Conclusions about each
hypothesized mode of action should
address whether the mode of action is
supported in animals and is relevant to
humans and which populations or
lifestages can be particularly susceptible
(see Section 2.4.3.4). In a risk
assessment document, the analysis of an
hypothesized mode of action can be
presented before or with the
characterization of an agent’s potential
hazard to humans.
2.4.3.1. Description of the Hypothesized
Mode of Action
Summary description of the
hypothesized mode of action. For each
tumor site, the mode of action analysis
begins with a description of the
hypothesized mode of action and its
sequence of key events. If there is
evidence for more than one mode of
action, each receives a separate analysis.
Identification of key events. In order
to judge how well data support
involvement of a key event in
carcinogenic processes, the
experimental definition of the event or
events should be clear and reproducible.
To support an association, experiments
should define and measure an event
consistently.
• Can a list of events be identified
that are key to the carcinogenic process?
• Are the events well defined?
Pertinent observations may include,
but are not limited to, receptor-ligand
changes, cytotoxicity, cell cycle effects,
increased cell growth, organ weight
differences, histological changes,
hormone or other protein perturbations,
or DNA and chromosome effects.
2.4.3.2. Discussion of the Experimental
Support for the Hypothesized Mode of
Action
The experimental support for the
hypothesized mode of action should be
discussed from several viewpoints
patterned after the Hill criteria (see
Section 2.2.1.7). For illustration, the
explanation of each topic includes
typical questions to be addressed to the
available empirical data and
experimental observations anticipated
to be pertinent. The latter will vary from
case to case. For a particular mode of
action, certain observations may be
established as essential in practice or
policy, for example, measures of thyroid
hormone levels in supporting thyroid
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17790
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
hormone elevation as a key event in
carcinogenesis.
Strength, consistency, specificity of
association. A statistically significant
association between events and a tumor
response observed in well-conducted
studies is generally supportive of
causation. Consistent observations in a
number of such studies with differing
experimental designs increase that
support, because different designs may
reduce unknown biases. Studies
showing ‘‘recovery,’’ i.e., absence or
reduction of carcinogenicity when the
event is blocked or diminished, are
particularly useful tests of the
association. Specificity of the
association, without evidence of other
modes of action, strengthens a causal
conclusion. A lack of strength,
consistency, and specificity of
association weakens the causal
conclusions for a particular mode of
action.
• What is the level of statistical and
biological significance for each event
and for cancer?
• Do independent studies and
different experimental hypothesistesting approaches produce the same
associations?
• Does the agent produce effects other
than those hypothesized?
• Is the key event associated with
precursor lesions?
Pertinent observations include tumor
response associated with events (site of
action logically relates to event[s]),
precursor lesions associated with
events, initiation-promotion studies,
and stop/recovery studies.
Dose-response concordance. If a key
event and tumor endpoints increase
with dose such that the key events
forecast the appearance of tumors at a
later time or higher dose, a causal
association can be strengthened. Doseresponse associations of the key event
with other precursor events can add
further strength. Difficulty arises when
an event is not causal but accompanies
the process generally. For example, if
tumors and the hypothesized precursor
both increase with dose, the two
responses will be correlated regardless
of whether a causal relationship exists.
This is similar to the issue of
confounding in epidemiologic studies.
Dose-response studies coupled with
mechanistic studies can assist in
clarifying these relationships.
• What are the correlations among
doses producing events and cancer?
Pertinent observations include, but
are not limited to, 2-year bioassay
observation of lesions correlated with
observations of hormone changes and
the same lesions in shorter term studies
or in interim sacrifice.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
Temporal relationship. If an event is
shown to be causally linked to
tumorigenesis, it will precede tumor
appearance. An event may also be
observed contemporaneously or after
tumor appearance; these observations
may add to the strength of association
but not to the temporal association.
• What is the ordering of events that
underlie the carcinogenic process?
• Is this ordering consistent among
independent studies?
Pertinent observations include studies
of varying duration observing the
temporal sequence of events and
development of tumors.
Biological plausibility and coherence.
It is important that the hypothesized
mode of action and the events that are
part of it be based on contemporaneous
understanding of the biology of cancer
to be accepted. If the body of
information under scrutiny is consistent
with other examples (including
structurally related agents) for which
the hypothesized mode of action is
accepted, the case is strengthened.
Because some modes of action can be
anticipated to evoke effects other than
cancer, the available toxicity database
on noncancer effects, for example,
reproductive effects of certain hormonal
disturbances, can contribute to this
evaluation.
• Is the mode of action consistent
with what is known about
carcinogenesis in general and for the
case specifically?
• Are carcinogenic effects and events
consistent across structural analogues?
• Is the database on the agent
internally consistent in supporting the
purported mode of action, including
relevant noncancer toxicities?
Pertinent observations include the
scientific basis for considering an
hypothesized mode of action generally,
given the contemporaneous state of
knowledge of carcinogenic processes;
previous examples of data sets showing
the mode of action; data sets on
analogues; and coherence of data in this
case from cancer and noncancer toxicity
studies.
2.4.3.3. Consideration of the Possibility
of Other Modes of Action
The possible involvement of more
than one mode of action at the tumor
site should be considered. Pertinent
observations that are not consistent with
the hypothesized mode of action can
suggest the possibility of other modes of
action. Some pertinent observations can
be consistent with more than one mode
of action. Furthermore, different modes
of action can operate in different dose
ranges; for example, an agent can act
predominantly through cytotoxicity at
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
high doses and through mutagenicity at
lower doses where cytotoxicity may not
occur.
If there is evidence for more than one
mode of action, each should receive a
separate analysis. There may be an
uneven level of experimental support
for the different modes of action.
Sometimes this can reflect
disproportionate resources spent on
investigating one particular mode of
action and not the validity or relative
importance of the other possible modes
of action. Ultimately, however, the
information on all of the modes of
action should be integrated to better
understand how and when each mode
acts, and which mode(s) may be of
interest for exposure levels relevant to
human exposures of interest.
2.4.3.4. Conclusions About the
Hypothesized Mode of Action
Conclusions about the hypothesized
mode of action should address the
issues listed below. For those agents for
which the mode of action is considered
useful for the risk assessment, the
weight of the evidence concerning mode
of action in animals as well as its
relevance for humans would be
incorporated into the weight of evidence
narrative (Section 2.5).
(a) Is the hypothesized mode of action
sufficiently supported in the test
animals? Associations observed
between key events and tumors may or
may not support an inference of
causation. The conclusion that the agent
causes one or more key events that
results in tumors is strengthened as
more aspects of causation are satisfied
and weakened as fewer are satisfied.
Consistent results in different
experiments that test the hypothesized
mode of action build support for that
mode of action. Replicating results in a
similar experiment does not generally
meaningfully strengthen the original
evidence, and discordant results
generally weaken that support.
Experimental challenge to the
hypothesized mode of action, where
interrupting the sequence of key events
suppresses the tumor response or
enhancement of key events increases the
tumor response, creates very strong
support for the mode of action.
(b) Is the hypothesized mode of action
relevant to humans? If an hypothesized
mode of action is sufficiently supported
in the test animals, the sequence of key
precursor events should be reviewed to
identify critical similarities and
differences between the test animals and
humans. The question of concordance
can be complicated by cross-species
differences in toxicokinetics or
toxicodynamics. For example, the active
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
agent can be formed through different
metabolic pathways in animals and
humans. Any information suggesting
quantitative differences between
animals and humans is flagged for
consideration in the dose-response
assessment. This includes the potential
for different internal doses of the active
agent or for differential occurrence of a
key precursor event.
‘‘Relevance’’ of a potential mode of
action is considered in the context of
characterization of hazard, not level of
risk. Anticipated levels of human
exposure are not used to determine
whether the hypothesized mode of
action is relevant to humans. Exposure
information is integrated into the overall
risk characterization.
The question of relevance considers
all populations and lifestages. It is
possible that the conditions under
which a mode of action operates exist
primarily in a particular population or
lifestage, for example, in those with a
pre-existing hormonal imbalance. Other
populations or lifestages may not be
analogous to the test animals, in which
case the question of relevance would be
decided by inference.
Special attention should be paid to
whether tumors can arise from
childhood exposure, considering
various aspects of development during
these lifestages. Because the studies that
support a mode of action are typically
conducted in mature animals,
conclusions about relevance during
childhood generally rely on inference.
There is currently no standard Agency
position regarding the issue of whether
tumors arising through the hypothesized
mode of action are relevant during
childhood; understanding the mode of
action implies that there are sufficient
data (on either the specific agent or the
general mode of action) to form a
confident conclusion about relevance
during childhood.
(c) Which populations or lifestages
can be particularly susceptible to the
hypothesized mode of action? If an
hypothesized mode of action is judged
relevant to humans, information about
the key precursor event(s) is reviewed to
identify populations or lifestages that
might reasonably expected to be
particularly susceptible to their
occurrence. Although agent-specific
data would provide the strongest
indication of susceptibility, this review
may also rely on general knowledge
about the precursor events and
characteristics of individuals
susceptible to these events. Any
information suggesting quantitative
differences between populations or
lifestages should be flagged for
consideration in the dose-response
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
assessment (see Section 3.5). This
includes the potential for a higher
internal dose of the active agent or for
an increased occurrence of a key
precursor event. Quantitative
differences may result in separate risk
estimates for susceptible populations or
lifestages.
The possibility that childhood is a
susceptible period for exposure should
be explicitly addressed. Generic
understanding of the mode of action can
be used to gauge childhood
susceptibility, and this determination
can be refined through analysis of agentspecific data.
2.4.4. Evolution With Experience
Several groups have proposed or
incorporated mode of action into their
risk assessments (see, e.g., U.S. EPA,
1991b; Sonich-Mullin et al., 2001; Meek
et al., 2003). As the frameworks and
mandates under which these
evaluations were produced differ, the
specific procedures described in and
conclusions drawn may also differ.
Nevertheless, the number of case studies
from all venues remains limited. More
experience with differing modes of
action are expected to highlight and
illustrate the strengths and limitations
of the general framework proposed in
these cancer guidelines. Moreover,
additional toxicological techniques may
expand or change scientific judgments
regarding which information is useful
for mode of action determinations. As
warranted, additional guidance may be
proposed as experience is gained and/or
as toxicological knowledge advances.
2.5. Weight of Evidence Narrative
The weight of evidence narrative is a
short summary (one to two pages) that
explains an agent’s human carcinogenic
potential and the conditions that
characterize its expression. It should be
sufficiently complete to be able to stand
alone, highlighting the key issues and
decisions that were the basis for the
evaluation of the agent’s potential
hazard. It should be sufficiently clear
and transparent to be useful to risk
managers and non-expert readers. It may
be useful to summarize all of the
significant components and conclusions
in the first paragraph of the narrative
and to explain complex issues in more
depth in the rest of the narrative.
The weight of the evidence should be
presented as a narrative laying out the
complexity of information that is
essential to understanding the hazard
and its dependence on the quality,
quantity, and type(s) of data available,
as well as the circumstances of exposure
or the traits of an exposed population
that may be required for expression of
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17791
cancer. For example, the narrative can
clearly state to what extent the
determination was based on data from
human exposure, from animal
experiments, from some combination of
the two, or from other data. Similarly,
information on mode of action can
specify to what extent the data are from
in vivo or in vitro exposures or based on
similarities to other chemicals. The
extent to which an agent’s mode of
action occurs only on reaching a
minimum dose or a minimum duration
should also be presented. A hazard
might also be expressed
disproportionately in individuals
possessing a specific gene; such
characterizations may follow from a
better understanding of the human
genome. Furthermore, route of exposure
should be used to qualify a hazard if, for
example, an agent is not absorbed by
some routes. Similarly, a hazard can be
attributable to exposures during a
susceptible lifestage on the basis of our
understanding of human development.
The weight of evidence-of-evidence
narrative should highlight:
• The quality and quantity of the
data;
• All key decisions and the basis for
these major decisions; and
• Any data, analyses, or assumptions
that are unusual for or new to EPA.
To capture this complexity, a weight
of evidence narrative generally includes:
• Conclusions about human
carcinogenic potential (choice of
descriptor(s), described below),
• A summary of the key evidence
supporting these conclusions (for each
descriptor used), including information
on the type(s) of data (human and/or
animal, in vivo and/or in vitro) used to
support the conclusion(s),
• Available information on the
epidemiologic or experimental
conditions that characterize expression
of carcinogenicity (e.g., if
carcinogenicity is possible only by one
exposure route or only above a certain
human exposure level),
• A summary of potential modes of
action and how they reinforce the
conclusions,
• Indications of any susceptible
populations or lifestages, when
available, and
• A summary of the key default
options invoked when the available
information is inconclusive.
To provide some measure of clarity
and consistency in an otherwise freeform narrative, the weight of evidence
descriptors are included in the first
sentence of the narrative. Choosing a
descriptor is a matter of judgment and
cannot be reduced to a formula. Each
descriptor may be applicable to a wide
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17792
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
variety of potential data sets and
weights of evidence. These descriptors
and narratives are intended to permit
sufficient flexibility to accommodate
new scientific understanding and new
testing methods as they are developed
and accepted by the scientific
community and the public. Descriptors
represent points along a continuum of
evidence; consequently, there are
gradations and borderline cases that are
clarified by the full narrative.
Descriptors, as well as an introductory
paragraph, are a short summary of the
complete narrative that preserves the
complexity that is an essential part of
the hazard characterization. Users of
these cancer guidelines and of the risk
assessments that result from the use of
these cancer guidelines should consider
the entire range of information included
in the narrative rather than focusing
simply on the descriptor.
In borderline cases, the narrative
explains the case for choosing one
descriptor and discusses the arguments
for considering but not choosing
another. For example, between
‘‘suggestive’’ and ‘‘likely’’ or between
‘‘suggestive’’ and ‘‘inadequate,’’ the
explanation clearly communicates the
information needed to consider
appropriately the agent’s carcinogenic
potential in subsequent decisions.
Multiple descriptors can be used for
a single agent, for example, when
carcinogenesis is dose-or routedependent. For example, if an agent
causes point-of-contact tumors by one
exposure route but adequate testing is
negative by another route, then the
agent could be described as likely to be
carcinogenic by the first route but not
likely to be carcinogenic by the second.
Another example is when the mode of
action is sufficiently understood to
conclude that a key event in tumor
development would not occur below a
certain dose range. In this case, the
agent could be described as likely to be
carcinogenic above a certain dose range
but not likely to be carcinogenic below
that range.
Descriptors can be selected for an
agent that has not been tested in a
cancer bioassay if sufficient other
information, e.g., toxicokinetic and
mode of action information, is available
to make a strong, convincing, and
logical case through scientific inference.
For example, if an agent is one of a welldefined class of agents that are
understood to operate through a
common mode of action and if that
agent has the same mode of action, then
in the narrative the untested agent
would have the same descriptor as the
class. Another example is when an
untested agent’s effects are understood
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
to be caused by a human metabolite, in
which case in the narrative the untested
agent could have the same descriptor as
the metabolite. As new testing methods
are developed and used, assessments
may increasingly be based on inferences
from toxicokinetic and mode of action
information in the absence of tumor
studies in animals or humans.
When a well-studied agent produces
tumors only at a point of initial contact,
the descriptor generally applies only to
the exposure route producing tumors
unless the mode of action is relevant to
other routes. The rationale for this
conclusion would be explained in the
narrative.
When tumors occur at a site other
than the point of initial contact, the
descriptor generally applies to all
exposure routes that have not been
adequately tested at sufficient doses. An
exception occurs when there is
convincing information, e.g.,
toxicokinetic data that absorption does
not occur by another route.
When the response differs
qualitatively as well as quantitatively
with dose, this information should be
part of the characterization of the
hazard. In some cases reaching a certain
dose range can be a precondition for
effects to occur, as when cancer is
secondary to another toxic effect that
appears only above a certain dose. In
other cases exposure duration can be a
precondition for hazard if effects occur
only after exposure is sustained for a
certain duration. These considerations
differ from the issues of relative
absorption or potency at different dose
levels because they may represent a
discontinuity in a dose-response
function.
When multiple bioassays are
inconclusive, mode of action data are
likely to hold the key to resolution of
the more appropriate descriptor. When
bioassays are few, further bioassays to
replicate a study’s results or to
investigate the potential for effects in
another sex, strain, or species may be
useful.
When there are few pertinent data, the
descriptor makes a statement about the
database, for example, ‘‘Inadequate
Information to Assess Carcinogenic
Potential,’’ or a database that provides
‘‘Suggestive Evidence of Carcinogenic
Potential.’’ With more information, the
descriptor expresses a conclusion about
the agent’s carcinogenic potential to
humans. If the conclusion is positive,
the agent could be described as ‘‘Likely
to Be Carcinogenic to Humans’’ or, with
strong evidence, ‘‘Carcinogenic to
Humans.’’ If the conclusion is negative,
the agent could be described as ‘‘Not
Likely to Be Carcinogenic to Humans.’’
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Although the term ‘‘likely’’ can have
a probabilistic connotation in other
contexts, its use as a weight of evidence
descriptor does not correspond to a
quantifiable probability of whether the
chemical is carcinogenic. This is
because the data that support cancer
assessments generally are not suitable
for numerical calculations of the
probability that an agent is a carcinogen.
Other health agencies have expressed a
comparable weight of evidence using
terms such as ‘‘Reasonably Anticipated
to Be a Human Carcinogen’’ (NTP) or
‘‘Probably Carcinogenic to Humans’’
(International Agency for Research on
Cancer).
The following descriptors can be used
as an introduction to the weight of
evidence narrative. The examples
presented in the discussion of the
descriptors are illustrative. The
examples are neither a checklist nor a
limitation for the descriptor. The
complete weight of evidence narrative,
rather than the descriptor alone,
provides the conclusions and the basis
for them.
‘‘Carcinogenic to Humans.’’ This
descriptor indicates strong evidence of
human carcinogenicity. It covers
different combinations of evidence.
• This descriptor is appropriate when
there is convincing epidemiologic
evidence of a causal association
between human exposure and cancer.
• Exceptionally, this descriptor may
be equally appropriate with a lesser
weight of epidemiologic evidence that is
strengthened by other lines of evidence.
It can be used when all of the following
conditions are met: (a) There is strong
evidence of an association between
human exposure and either cancer or
the key precursor events of the agent’s
mode of action but not enough for a
causal association, and (b) there is
extensive evidence of carcinogenicity in
animals, and (c) the mode(s) of
carcinogenic action and associated key
precursor events have been identified in
animals, and (d) there is strong evidence
that the key precursor events that
precede the cancer response in animals
are anticipated to occur in humans and
progress to tumors, based on available
biological information. In this case, the
narrative includes a summary of both
the experimental and epidemiologic
information on mode of action and also
an indication of the relative weight that
each source of information carries, e.g.,
based on human information, based on
limited human and extensive animal
experiments.
‘‘Likely to Be Carcinogenic to
Humans.’’ This descriptor is appropriate
when the weight of the evidence is
adequate to demonstrate carcinogenic
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
potential to humans but does not reach
the weight of evidence for the descriptor
‘‘Carcinogenic to Humans.’’ Adequate
evidence consistent with this descriptor
covers a broad spectrum. As stated
previously, the use of the term ‘‘likely’’
as a weight of evidence descriptor does
not correspond to a quantifiable
probability. The examples below are
meant to represent the broad range of
data combinations that are covered by
this descriptor; they are illustrative and
provide neither a checklist nor a
limitation for the data that might
support use of this descriptor.
Moreover, additional information, e.g.,
on mode of action, might change the
choice of descriptor for the illustrated
examples. Supporting data for this
descriptor may include:
• An agent demonstrating a plausible
(but not definitively causal) association
between human exposure and cancer, in
most cases with some supporting
biological, experimental evidence,
though not necessarily carcinogenicity
data from animal experiments;
• An agent that has tested positive in
animal experiments in more than one
species, sex, strain, site, or exposure
route, with or without evidence of
carcinogenicity in humans;
• A positive tumor study that raises
additional biological concerns beyond
that of a statistically significant result,
for example, a high degree of
malignancy, or an early age at onset;
• A rare animal tumor response in a
single experiment that is assumed to be
relevant to humans; or
• A positive tumor study that is
strengthened by other lines of evidence,
for example, either plausible (but not
definitively causal) association between
human exposure and cancer or evidence
that the agent or an important
metabolite causes events generally
known to be associated with tumor
formation (such as DNA reactivity or
effects on cell growth control) likely to
be related to the tumor response in this
case.
‘‘Suggestive Evidence of Carcinogenic
Potential.’’ This descriptor of the
database is appropriate when the weight
of evidence is suggestive of
carcinogenicity; a concern for potential
carcinogenic effects in humans is raised,
but the data are judged not sufficient for
a stronger conclusion. This descriptor
covers a spectrum of evidence
associated with varying levels of
concern for carcinogenicity, ranging
from a positive cancer result in the only
study on an agent to a single positive
cancer result in an extensive database
that includes negative studies in other
species. Depending on the extent of the
database, additional studies may or may
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
not provide further insights. Some
examples include:
• A small, and possibly not
statistically significant, increase in
tumor incidence observed in a single
animal or human study that does not
reach the weight of evidence for the
descriptor ‘‘Likely to Be Carcinogenic to
Humans.’’ The study generally would
not be contradicted by other studies of
equal quality in the same population
group or experimental system (see
discussions of conflicting evidence and
differing results, below);
• A small increase in a tumor with a
high background rate in that sex and
strain, when there is some but
insufficient evidence that the observed
tumors may be due to intrinsic factors
that cause background tumors and not
due to the agent being assessed. (When
there is a high background rate of a
specific tumor in animals of a particular
sex and strain, then there may be
biological factors operating
independently of the agent being
assessed that could be responsible for
the development of the observed
tumors.) In this case, the reasons for
determining that the tumors are not due
to the agent are explained;
• Evidence of a positive response in
a study whose power, design, or
conduct limits the ability to draw a
confident conclusion (but does not
make the study fatally flawed), but
where the carcinogenic potential is
strengthened by other lines of evidence
(such as structure-activity
relationships); or
• A statistically significant increase at
one dose only, but no significant
response at the other doses and no
overall trend.
‘‘Inadequate Information to Assess
Carcinogenic Potential.’’ This descriptor
of the database is appropriate when
available data are judged inadequate for
applying one of the other descriptors.
Additional studies generally would be
expected to provide further insights.
Some examples include:
• Little or no pertinent information;
• Conflicting evidence, that is, some
studies provide evidence of
carcinogenicity but other studies of
equal quality in the same sex and strain
are negative. Differing results, that is,
positive results in some studies and
negative results in one or more different
experimental systems, do not constitute
conflicting evidence, as the term is used
here. Depending on the overall weight
of evidence, differing results can be
considered either suggestive evidence or
likely evidence; or
• Negative results that are not
sufficiently robust for the descriptor,
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17793
‘‘Not Likely to Be Carcinogenic to
Humans.’’
‘‘Not Likely to Be Carcinogenic to
Humans.’’ This descriptor is appropriate
when the available data are considered
robust for deciding that there is no basis
for human hazard concern. In some
instances, there can be positive results
in experimental animals when there is
strong, consistent evidence that each
mode of action in experimental animals
does not operate in humans. In other
cases, there can be convincing evidence
in both humans and animals that the
agent is not carcinogenic. The judgment
may be based on data such as:
• Animal evidence that demonstrates
lack of carcinogenic effect in both sexes
in well-designed and well-conducted
studies in at least two appropriate
animal species (in the absence of other
animal or human data suggesting a
potential for cancer effects),
• Convincing and extensive
experimental evidence showing that the
only carcinogenic effects observed in
animals are not relevant to humans,
• Convincing evidence that
carcinogenic effects are not likely by a
particular exposure route (see Section
2.3), or
• Convincing evidence that
carcinogenic effects are not likely below
a defined dose range.
A descriptor of ‘‘not likely’’ applies
only to the circumstances supported by
the data. For example, an agent may be
‘‘Not Likely to Be Carcinogenic’’ by one
route but not necessarily by another. In
those cases that have positive animal
experiment(s) but the results are judged
to be not relevant to humans, the
narrative discusses why the results are
not relevant.
Multiple Descriptors. More than one
descriptor can be used when an agent’s
effects differ by dose or exposure route.
For example, an agent may be
‘‘Carcinogenic to Humans’’ by one
exposure route but ‘‘Not Likely to Be
Carcinogenic’’ by a route by which it is
not absorbed. Also, an agent could be
‘‘Likely to Be Carcinogenic’’ above a
specified dose but ‘‘Not Likely to Be
Carcinogenic’’ below that dose because
a key event in tumor formation does not
occur below that dose.
2.6. Hazard Characterization
The hazard characterization contains
the hazard information needed for a full
risk characterization (U.S. EPA, 2000b).
It presents the results of the hazard
assessment and explains how the weight
of evidence conclusion was reached.
The hazard characterization
summarizes, in plain language,
conclusions about the agent’s potential
effects, whether they can be expected to
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17794
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
depend qualitatively on the
circumstances of exposure, and if
anyone can be expected to be especially
susceptible. It discusses the extent to
which these conclusions are supported
by data or are the result of default
options invoked because the data are
inconclusive. It explains how complex
cases with differing results in different
studies were resolved. The hazard
characterization highlights the major
issues addressed in the hazard
assessment and discusses alternative
interpretations of the data and the
degree to which they are supportable
scientifically and are consistent with
EPA guidelines.
When the conclusion is supported by
mode of action information, the hazard
characterization also provides a clear
summary of the mode of action
conclusions (see Section 2.4.3.4),
including the completeness of the data,
the strengths and limitations of the
inferences made, the potential for other
modes of action, and the implications of
the mode of action for selecting viable
approaches to the dose-response
assessment. The hazard characterization
also discusses the extent to which mode
of action information is available to
address the potential for
disproportionate risks in specific
populations or lifestages or the potential
for enhanced risks on the basis of
interactions with other agents or
stressors, if anticipated.
Topics that can be addressed in a
hazard characterization include:
• Summary of the results of the
hazard assessment;
• Identification of any likely
susceptible populations and lifestages,
especially attending to children, infants,
and fetuses;
• Conclusions about the agent’s mode
of action, and implications for selecting
approaches to the dose-response
assessment;
• Identification of the available lines
of evidence (e.g., animal bioassays,
epidemiologic studies, toxicokinetic
information, mode of action studies, and
information about structural analogues
or metabolites), highlighting data
quality and coherence of results from
different lines of evidence; and
• Strengths and limitations of the
hazard assessment, highlighting
significant issues in interpreting the
data, alternative interpretations that are
considered equally plausible, critical
data gaps, and default options invoked
when the available information is
inconclusive.
3. Dose-Response Assessment
Dose-response assessment estimates
potential risks to humans at exposure
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
levels of interest. Dose-response
assessments are useful in many
applications: Estimating risk at different
exposure levels, estimating the risk
reduction for different decision options,
estimating the risk remaining after an
action is taken, providing the risk
information needed for benefit-cost
analyses of different decision options,
comparing risks across different agents
or health effects, and setting research
priorities. The purpose of the
assessment should consider the quality
of the data available, which will vary
from case to case.
A dose-response analysis is generally
developed from each study that reports
quantitative data on dose and response.
Alternative measures of dose are
available for analyzing human and
animal studies (see Section 3.1). A twostep approach distinguishes analysis of
the dose-response data from inferences
made about lower doses. The first step
is an analysis of dose and response in
the range of observation of the
experimental or epidemiologic studies
(see Section 3.2). Modeling is
encouraged to incorporate a wide range
of experimental data into the doseresponse assessment (see Sections 3.1.2,
3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3). The modeling yields
a point of departure (POD) near the
lower end of the observed range,
without significant extrapolation to
lower doses (see Sections 3.2.4, 3.2.5).
The second step is extrapolation to
lower doses (see Section 3.3). The
extrapolation approach considers what
is known about the agent’s mode of
action (see Section 3.3.1). Both linear
and nonlinear approaches are available
(see Sections 3.3.3, 3.3.4). When
multiple estimates can be developed,
the strengths and weaknesses of each
are presented. In some cases, they may
be combined in a way that best
represents human cancer risk (see
Section 3.3.5). Special consideration is
given to describing dose-response
differences attributable to different
human exposure scenarios (see Section
3.4) and to susceptible populations and
lifestages (see Section 3.5). It is
important to discuss significant
uncertainties encountered in the
analysis (see Section 3.6) and to
characterize other important aspects of
the dose-response assessment (see
Section 3.7).
The scope, depth, and use of a doseresponse assessment vary in different
circumstances. Although the quality of
dose-response data is not necessarily
related to the weight of evidence
descriptor, dose-response assessments
are generally completed for agents
considered ‘‘Carcinogenic to Humans’’
and ‘‘Likely to Be Carcinogenic to
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Humans.’’ When there is suggestive
evidence, the Agency generally would
not attempt a dose-response assessment,
as the nature of the data generally
would not support one; however, when
the evidence includes a well-conducted
study, quantitative analyses may be
useful for some purposes, for example,
providing a sense of the magnitude and
uncertainty of potential risks, ranking
potential hazards, or setting research
priorities. In each case, the rationale for
the quantitative analysis is explained,
considering the uncertainty in the data
and the suggestive nature of the weight
of evidence. These analyses generally
would not be considered Agency
consensus estimates. Dose-response
assessments are generally not done
when there is inadequate evidence,
although calculating a bounding
estimate from an epidemiologic or
experimental study that does not show
positive results can indicate the study’s
level of sensitivity and capacity to
detect risk levels of concern.
Cancer is a collection of several
diseases that develop through cell and
tissue changes over time. Dose-response
assessment procedures based on tumor
incidence have seldom taken into
account the effects of key precursor
events within the whole biological
process due to lack of empirical data
and understanding about these events.
In this discussion, response data
include measures of key precursor
events considered integral to the
carcinogenic process in addition to
tumor incidence. These responses may
include changes in DNA, chromosomes,
or other key macromolecules; effects on
growth signal transduction, including
induction of hormonal changes; or
physiological or toxic effects that
include proliferative events diagnosed
as precancerous but not pathology that
is judged to be cancer. Analysis of such
responses may be done along with that
of tumor incidence to enhance the
tumor dose-response analysis. If doseresponse analysis of nontumor key
events is more informative about the
carcinogenic process for an agent, it can
be used in lieu of, or in conjunction
with, tumor incidence analysis for the
overall dose-response assessment.
As understanding of mode of action
improves and new types of data become
available, dose-response assessment will
continue to evolve. These cancer
guidelines encourage the development
and application of new methods that
improve dose-response assessment by
reflecting new scientific understanding
and new sources of information.
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
3.1. Analysis of Dose
For each effect observed, doseresponse assessment should begin by
determining an appropriate dose metric.
Several dose metrics have been used,
e.g., delivered dose, body burden, and
area under the curve, and others may be
appropriate depending on the data and
mode of action.
Selection of an appropriate dose
metric considers what data are available
and what is known about the agent’s
mode of action at the target site, and
uncertainties involved in estimation and
application of alternative metrics. The
dose metric specifies:
• The agent measured, preferably the
active agent (administered agent or a
metabolite);
• Proximity to the target site
(exposure concentration, potential dose,
internal dose, or delivered dose,5
reflecting increasing proximity); and
• The time component of the effective
dose (cumulative dose, average dose,
peak dose, or body burden).
Analyses can be based on estimates of
animal dose metrics or human dose
metrics. The assessment should describe
the approach used to select a dose
metric and the reasons for this
approach. The final analysis, however,
should determine a human equivalent
dose metric. This facilitates comparing
results from different datasets and
effects by using human equivalent dose/
concentrations as common metrics.
When appropriate, it may be necessary
to convert dose metrics across exposure
routes. When route-to-route
extrapolations are made, the underlying
data, algorithms, and assumptions are
clearly described.
Timing of exposure can also be
important. When there is a susceptible
lifestage, doses during the susceptible
period are not equivalent to doses at
other times, and they would be analyzed
separately.
5 Exposure is contact of an agent with the outer
boundary of an organism. Exposure concentration
is the concentration of a chemical in its transport
or carrier medium at the point of contact. Dose is
the amount of a substance available for interaction
with metabolic processes or biologically significant
receptors after crossing the outer boundary of an
organism. Potential dose is the amount ingested,
inhaled, or applied to the skin. Applied dose is the
amount of a substance presented to an absorption
barrier and available for absorption (although not
necessarily having yet crossed the outer boundary
of the organism). Absorbed dose is the amount
crossing a specific absorption barrier (e.g., the
exchange boundaries of skin, lung, and digestive
tract) through uptake processes. Internal dose is a
more general term, used without respect to specific
absorption barriers or exchange boundaries.
Delivered dose is the amount of the chemical
available for interaction by any particular organ or
cell (U.S. EPA, 1992a).
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
3.1.1. Standardizing Different
Experimental Exposure Regimens
Complex exposure or dosing regimens
are often present in experimental and
epidemiologic studies. The resulting
internal dose depends on many
variables, including concentration,
duration, frequency of administration,
and duration of recovery periods
between administrations. Internal dose
also depends on variables that are
intrinsic to the exposed individual, such
as lifestage and rates of metabolism and
clearance. To facilitate comparing
results from different study designs and
to make inferences about human
exposures, a summary estimate of the
dose metric, whether the administered
dose or inhalation exposure
concentration or an internal metric, may
be derived for a complex exposure
regimen.
Toxicokinetic modeling is the
preferred approach for estimating dose
metrics from exposure. Toxicokinetic
models generally describe the
relationship between exposure and
measures of internal dose over time.
More complex models can reflect
sources of intrinsic variation, such as
polymorphisms in metabolism and
clearance rates. When a robust model is
not available, or when the purpose of
the assessment does not warrant
developing a model, simpler approaches
may be used.
For chronic exposure studies, the
cumulative exposure or dose
administered often is expressed as an
average over the duration of the study,
as one consistent dose metric. This
approach implies that a higher dose
administered over a short duration is
equivalent to a commensurately lower
dose administered over a longer
duration. Uncertainty usually increases
as the duration becomes shorter relative
to the averaging duration or the
intermittent doses become more intense
than the averaged dose. Moreover, doses
during any specific susceptible or
refractory period would not be
equivalent to doses at other times. For
these reasons, cumulative exposure or
potential dose may be replaced by a
more appropriate dose metric when
indicated by the data.
For mode of action studies, the dose
metric should be calculated over a
duration that reflects the time to
occurrence of the key precursor effects.
Mode of action studies are often of
limited duration, as the precursors can
be observed after less-than-chronic
exposures. When the experimental
exposure regimen is specified on a
weekly basis (for example, 4 hours a
day, 5 days a week), the daily exposure
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17795
may be averaged over the week, where
appropriate.
Doses in studies at the cellular or
molecular level can be difficult to relate
to organ- or organism-level dose metrics.
Toxicokinetic modeling can sometimes
be used to relate doses at the cellular or
molecular level to doses or exposures at
higher levels of organization.
3.1.2. Toxicokinetic Data and Modeling
In the absence of chemical-specific
data, physiologically based
toxicokinetic modeling is potentially the
most comprehensive way to account for
biological processes that determine
internal dose. Physiologically based
models commonly describe blood flow
between physiological compartments
and simulate the relationship between
applied dose and internal dose.
Toxicokinetic models generally need
data on absorption, distribution,
metabolism, and elimination of the
administered agent and its metabolites.
Additionally, in the case of inhalation
exposures, models can explicitly
characterize the geometry of the
respiratory tract and the airflow through
it, as well as the interaction of this
airflow with the entrained particles or
fibers and gases (Kimbell et al., 2001;
Subramaniam et al., 2003). Because of
large interspecies differences in airway
morphometry such models can be
particularly useful in interspecies
extrapolations. When employed,
however, the potential for large interindividual differences in airway
morphometry, are considered to ensure
that the models provide information
representative of human populations.
Toxicokinetic models can improve
dose-response assessment by revealing
and describing nonlinear relationships
between applied and internal dose.
Nonlinearity observed in a doseresponse curve often can be attributed to
toxicokinetics (Hoel et al., 1983; Gaylor
et al., 1994), involving, for example,
saturation or induction of enzymatic
processes at high doses. In some cases,
toxicokinetic processes tend to become
linear at sufficiently low doses (Hattis,
1990).
A discussion of confidence should
accompany the presentation of model
results and include consideration of
model validation and sensitivity
analysis, stressing the predictive
performance of the model and whether
the model is sufficient to support
decision-making. Quantitative
uncertainty analysis is important for
evaluating the performance of a model,
whether the model is based primarily on
default assumptions or chemicalspecific data. The uncertainty analysis
covers questions of model uncertainty
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17796
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
(e.g., Is the model based on the
appropriate biology and how does that
affect estimates of dose metrics?) and
parameter uncertainty (e.g., Do the data
support unbiased and stable estimates of
the model parameters?). When a
delivered dose measure is used in
animal-to-human extrapolation, the
assessment discusses the confidence of
the target tissue and its toxicodynamics
being the same in both species (see
Section 3.6). Toxicokinetic modeling
results may be presented alone as the
preferred method of estimating human
equivalent exposures or doses, or these
results may be presented in parallel
with default procedures (see Section
3.1.3), depending on the confidence in
the modeling.
3.1.3. Cross-Species Scaling Procedures
Standard cross-species scaling
procedures are available when the data
are not sufficient to support a
toxicokinetic model or when the
purpose of the assessment does not
warrant developing one. The aim is to
define exposure levels for humans and
animals that are expected to produce the
same degree of effect (U.S. EPA, 1992b),
taking into account differences in scale
between test animals and humans, such
as size and lifespan.
3.1.3.1. Oral Exposures
For oral exposures, administered
doses should be scaled from animals to
humans on the basis of equivalence of
mg/kg3/4-d (milligrams of the agent
normalized by the 3⁄4 power of body
weight per day) (U.S. EPA, 1992b). The
3⁄4 power is consistent with current
science, including empirical data that
allow comparison of potencies in
humans and animals, and it is also
supported by analysis of the allometric
variation of key physiological
parameters across mammalian species.
It is generally more appropriate at low
doses, where sources of nonlinearity
such as saturation of enzyme activity are
less likely to occur. This scaling is
intended as an unbiased estimate rather
than a conservative one. Equating
exposure concentrations in food or
water is an alternative version of the
same approach, because daily intakes of
food or water are approximately
proportional to the 3⁄4 power of body
weight.
The aim of these cross-species scaling
procedures is to estimate administered
doses in animals and humans that result
in equal lifetime risks. It is useful to
recognize two components of this
equivalence: toxicokinetic equivalence,
which determines administered doses in
animals and humans that yield equal
tissue doses, and toxicodynamic
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
equivalence, which determines tissue
doses in animals and humans that yield
equal lifetime risks (U.S. EPA, 1992b).
Toxicokinetic modeling (see Section
3.1.2) addresses factors associated with
toxicokinetic equivalence, and
toxicodynamic modeling (see Section
3.2.2) addresses factors associated with
toxicodynamic equivalence. When
toxicokinetic modeling is used without
toxicodynamic modeling, the doseresponse assessment develops and
supports an approach for addressing
toxicodynamic equivalence, perhaps by
retaining some of the cross-species
scaling factor (e.g., using the square root
of the cross-species scaling factor or
using a factor of 3 to cover
toxicodynamic differences between
animals and humans, as is currently
done in deriving inhalation reference
concentrations [U.S. EPA, 1994]).
When assessing risks from childhood
exposure, the mg/kg3/4-d scaling factor
does not use the child’s body weight
(U.S. EPA, 1992b). This reflects several
uncertainties in extrapolating risks to
children:
• The data supporting the mg/kg3/4-d
scaling factor were derived for
differences across species and may not
apply as well to differently sized
individuals of the same species or to
different lifestages.
• In addition to metabolic differences,
there are also important toxicodynamic
differences; for example, children have
faster rates of cell division than do
adults, so scaling across different
lifestages and species simultaneously
may be particularly uncertain.
3.1.3.2. Inhalation Exposures
For inhalation exposures
experimental exposure concentrations
are replaced with human equivalent
concentrations calculated using EPA’s
methods for deriving inhalation
reference concentrations (U.S. EPA,
1994), which give preference to the use
of toxicokinetic modeling. When
toxicokinetic models are unavailable,
default dosimetry models are employed
to extrapolate from experimental
exposure concentrations to human
equivalent concentrations. When
toxicokinetic modeling or dosimetry
modeling is used without
toxicodynamic modeling, the doseresponse assessment develops and
supports an approach for addressing
toxicodynamic equivalence.
The default dosimetry models
typically involve the use of speciesspecific physiologic and anatomic
factors relevant to the form of the agent
(e.g., particle or gas) and categorized
with regard to whether the response
occurs either locally (i.e., within the
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
respiratory tract) or remotely. For
example, current default models (U.S.
EPA, 1994) use parameters such as:
• Inhalation rate and surface area of
the affected part of the respiratory tract
for gases eliciting the response locally,
• Blood:gas partition coefficients for
remote acting gases,
• Fractional deposition with
inhalation rate and surface area of the
affected part of the respiratory tract for
particles eliciting the response locally,
and
• Fractional deposition with
inhalation rate and body weight for
particles eliciting the response remotely.
The current default values for some
parameters used in the default models
(e.g., breathing rate and respiratory tract
surface area) are based on data from
adults (U.S. EPA, 1994). The human
respiratory system passes through
several distinct stages of maturation and
growth during the first several years of
life and into adolescence (Pinkerton and
Joad, 2000), during which
characteristics important to disposition
of inhaled toxicants may vary. Children
and adults breathing the same
concentration of an agent may receive
different doses to the body or lungs
(U.S. EPA, 2002b). Consequently, it may
be appropriate to evaluate the default
models by considering physiologic and
anatomic factors representative of early
lifestages, for example through the
substitution of child-specific parameters
(U.S. EPA, 2002b). Such evaluation uses
the default model and dosimetric
adjustment in use at the time of the
assessment coupled with the best
understanding of child-specific
parameters at that time (e.g., drawn from
the scientific literature). This analysis is
undertaken with caution: (1) because of
the correlations between activity level,
breathing rate, respiratory tract
dimensions, and body weight and (2) to
avoid the possibility of mismatching the
type of agent (gas or particle) and its site
of response (within the respiratory tract
or remote from the respiratory tract)
with the relevant dosimetry factors in
use at the time of the assessment.
Analyses of children’s inhalation
dosimetry are also considered when
using model structures beyond the
default models (e.g., physiologically
based toxicokinetic models).
When using dosimetry modeling, the
comparison of human-equivalent
concentrations for different lifestages
(e.g., for an adult and a child) can
indicate whether it is important to carry
both concentrations forward in the doseresponse assessment or whether a verbal
characterization of any findings will
suffice.
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
3.1.4. Route Extrapolation
In certain situations, an assessment
based on studies of one exposure route
may be applied to another exposure
route. Route-to-route extrapolation has
both qualitative and quantitative
aspects. For the qualitative aspect, the
assessor should weigh the degree to
which positive results by one exposure
route support a judgment that similar
results would be expected by another
route. In general, confidence in making
such a judgment is strengthened when
tumors are observed at a site distant
from the portal of entry and when
absorption is similar through both
routes. In the absence of contrary data,
a qualitative default option can be used:
If the agent is absorbed through an
exposure route to give an internal dose,
it may be carcinogenic by that route.
When a qualitative extrapolation can
be supported, quantitative extrapolation
may still be problematic due to the
absence of adequate data. The
differences in biological processes
among routes of exposure (oral,
inhalation, dermal) can be great because
of, for example, first-pass effects and
different results from different exposure
patterns. There is no generally
applicable method for accounting for
these differences in uptake processes in
a quantitative route-to-route
extrapolation of dose-response data in
the absence of good data on the agent of
interest. Therefore, route-to-route
extrapolation of dose data relies on a
case-by-case analysis of available data.
When good data on the agent itself are
limited, an extrapolation analysis can be
based on expectations from physical
and chemical properties of the agent,
properties and route-specific data on
structurally analogous compounds, or in
vitro or in vivo uptake data on the agent.
Route-to-route uptake models may be
applied if model parameters are suitable
for the compound of interest. Such
models are currently considered interim
methods; further model development
and validation is awaiting the
development of more extensive data.
For screening or hazard ranking, routeto-route extrapolation may be based on
assumed quantitative comparability as a
default, as long as it is reasonable to
assume absorption by compared routes.
When route-to-route extrapolation is
used, the assessor’s degree of confidence
in both the qualitative and quantitative
extrapolation is discussed in the
assessment and highlighted in the doseresponse characterization.
Toxicokinetic modeling can be used
to compare results of studies by
different exposure routes. Results can
also be compared on the basis of
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
internal dose for effects distant from the
point of contact.
Route extrapolation can be used to
understand how internal dose and
subsequent effects depend on exposure
route. If testing by different exposure
routes is available, the observation of
similar or dissimilar internal doses can
be important in determining whether
and what conclusions can be made
concerning the dose-response
function(s) for different routes of
exposure.
3.2. Analysis in the Range of
Observation
The principle underlying these cancer
guidelines is to use approaches that
include as much information as
possible. Quantitative information about
key precursor events can be used to
develop a toxicodynamic model.
Alternatively, such information can be
fitted by empirical models to extend the
dose-response analysis of tumor
incidence to lower doses and response
levels. The analysis in the range of
observation is used to establish a POD
near the lower end of the observed range
(see Section 3.3).
3.2.1. Epidemiologic Studies
Ideally, epidemiologic data would be
used to select the dose-response
function for human exposures. Because
epidemiologic data are usually limited
and many models may fit the data
(Samet et al.,1998), other factors may
influence model choice. For
epidemiologic studies, including those
with grouped data, analysis by linear
models in the range of observation is
generally appropriate unless the fit is
poor. The relatively small exposure
range observed in many epidemiologic
studies, for example, makes it difficult
to discern the shape of the exposure-or
dose-response curve. Exposure
misclassification and errors in exposure
estimation also obscure the shape of the
dose-response curve. When these errors
are unsystematic or random, the result
is frequently to bias the risk estimates
toward zero. When a linear model fits
poorly, more flexible models that allow
for low-dose linearity, for example, a
linear-quadratic model or a Hill model
(Murrell et al., 1998), are often
considered next.
Analysis of epidemiologic studies
depends on the type of study and
quality of the data, particularly the
availability of quantitative measures of
exposure. The objective is to develop a
dose-response curve that estimates the
incidence of cancer attributable to the
dose (as estimated from the exposure) to
the agent. In some cases, e.g., tobacco
smoke or occupational exposures, the
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17797
data are in the range of the exposures of
interest. In other cases, as with data
from animal experiments, information
from the observable range is
extrapolated to exposures of interest.
Analysis of effects raises additional
issues:
• Many studies collect information
from death certificates, which leads to
estimates of mortality rather than
incidence. Because survival rates vary
for different cancers, the analysis may
be improved by adjusting mortality
figures to reflect the relationship
between incidence and mortality.
• Epidemiologic studies, by their
nature, are limited in the extent to
which they can control for effects due
to exposures from other agents. In some
cases, the agent can have discernible
interactive effects with another agent,
making it possible to estimate the
contribution of each agent as a risk
factor for the effects of the other. For
example, competing risks in a study
population can limit the observed
occurrence of cancer, while additive
effects may lead to an increase
occurrence of cancer. In the case of rates
not already so adjusted, the analysis can
be improved by correcting for
competing or additive risks that are not
similar in exposed and comparison
groups.
• Comparison groups that are not free
from exposure to the agent can bias the
risk estimates toward zero. The analysis
can be improved by considering
background exposures in the exposed
and comparison groups.
• The latent period for most cancers
implies that exposures immediately
preceding the detection of a tumor
would be less likely to have contributed
to its development and, therefore, may
count less in the analysis. Study
subjects who were first exposed near the
end of the study may not have had
adequate time since exposure for cancer
to develop; therefore, analysis of their
data may be similar to analysis of data
for those who were not exposed.
However, for carcinogens that act on
multiple stages of the carcinogenic
process, especially the later stages, all
periods of exposure. including recent
exposures, may be important.
Some study designs can yield only a
partial characterization of the overall
hazard and therefore risk as, for
example, in studies that: (1) investigate
only one effect (typical of many casecontrol studies), (2) include only one
population segment (e.g., male workers
or workers of one socioeconomic class),
or (3) include only one lifestage (e.g.,
childhood leukemia following maternal
exposure to contaminated drinking
water). To obtain a more complete
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17798
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
characterization that includes risks of
other cancers, estimates from these
studies can be supplemented with
estimates from other studies that
investigated other cancers, population
segments, or lifestages (see Section 3.5).
When several studies are available for
dose-response analysis, meta-analysis
can provide a systematic approach to
weighing positive studies and those
studies that do not show positive
results, and calculating an overall risk
estimate with greater precision. Issues
considered include the comparability of
studies, heterogeneity across studies,
and the potential for a single large study
to dominate the analysis. Confidence in
a meta-analysis is increased when it
considers study quality, including
definition of the study population and
comparison group, measurement of
exposure, potential for exposure
misclassification, adequacy of follow-up
period, and analysis of confounders (see
Section 2.2.1.3).
3.2.2. Toxicodynamic (‘‘Biologically
Based’’) Modeling
Toxicodynamic modeling can be used
when there are sufficient data to
ascertain the mode of action (see
Section 2.4) and quantitatively support
model parameters that represent rates
and other quantities associated with the
key precursor events of the mode of
action. Toxicodynamic modeling is
potentially the most comprehensive way
to account for the biological processes
involved in a response. Such models
seek to reflect the sequence of key
precursor events that lead to cancer.
Toxicodynamic models can contribute
to dose-response assessment by
revealing and describing nonlinear
relationships between internal dose and
cancer response. Such models may
provide a useful approach for analysis
in the range of observation, provided the
purpose of the assessment justifies the
effort involved.
If a new model is developed for a
specific agent, extensive data on the
agent are important for identifying the
form of the model, estimating its
parameters, and building confidence in
its results. Conformance to the observed
tumor incidence data alone does not
establish a model’s validity, as a model
can be designed with a sufficiently large
number of parameters so as to fit any
given dataset. Peer review, including
both an examination of the scientific
basis supporting the model and an
independent evaluation of the model’s
performance, is an essential part of
evaluating the new model.
If a standard model already exists for
the agent’s mode of action, the model
can be adapted for the agent by using
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
agent-specific data to estimate the
model’s parameters. An example is the
two-stage clonal expansion model
developed by Moolgavkar and Knudson
(1981) and Chen and Farland (1991).
These models continue to be improved
as more information becomes available.
It is possible for different models to
provide equivalent fits to the observed
data but to diverge substantially in their
projections at lower doses. When model
parameters are estimated from tumor
incidence data, it is often the case that
different combinations of parameter
estimates can yield similar results in the
observed range. For this reason, critical
parameters (e.g., mutation rates and cell
birth and death rates) are estimated from
laboratory studies and not by curvefitting to tumor incidence data (Portier,
1987). This approach reduces model
uncertainty (see Section 3.6) and
ensures that the model does not give
answers that are biologically unrealistic.
This approach also provides a
robustness of results, where the results
are not likely to change substantially if
fitted to slightly different data.
Toxicodynamic modeling can provide
insight into the relationship between
tumors and key precursor events. For
example, a model that includes cell
proliferation can be used to explore the
extent to which small increases in the
cell proliferation rate can lead to large
lifetime tumor incidences (Gaylor and
Zheng, 1996). In this way,
toxicodynamic modeling can be used to
select and characterize an appropriate
precursor response level (see Section
3.2.2, 3.2.5).
3.2.3. Empirical Modeling (‘‘Curve
Fitting’’)
When a toxicodynamic model is not
available or when the purpose of the
assessment does not warrant developing
such a model, empirical modeling
(sometimes called ‘‘curve fitting’’)
should be used in the range of
observation. A model can be fitted to
data on either tumor incidence or a key
precursor event. Goodness-of-fit to the
experimental observations is not by
itself an effective means of
discriminating among models that
adequately fit the data (OSTP, 1985).
Many different curve-fitting models
have been developed, and those that fit
the observed data reasonably well may
lead to several-fold differences in
estimated risk at the lower end of the
observed range. Another problem occurs
when a multitude of alternatives are
presented without sufficient context to
make a reasoned judgment about the
alternatives. This form of model
uncertainty reflects primarily the
availability of different computer
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
models and not biological information
about the agent being assessed or about
carcinogenesis in general. In cases
where curve-fitting models are used
because the data are not adequate to
support a toxicodynamic model, there
generally would be no biological basis
to choose among alternative curvefitting models. However, in situations
where there are alternative models with
significant biological support, the
decisionmaker can be informed by the
presentation of these alternatives along
with their strengths and uncertainties.
Quantitative data on precursors can
be used in conjunction with, or in lieu
of, data on tumor incidence to extend
the dose-response curve to lower doses.
Caution is used with rates of molecular
events such as mutation or cell
proliferation or signal transduction.
Such rates can be difficult to relate to
cell or tissue changes overall. The
timing of observations of these
phenomena, as well as the cell type
involved, is linked to other precursor
events to ensure that the measurement
is truly a key event (Section 2.4).
For incidence data on either tumors
or a precursor, an established empirical
procedure is used to provide objectivity
and consistency among assessments.
The procedure models incidence,
corrected for background, as an
increasing function of dose. The models
are sufficiently flexible in the observed
range to fit linear and nonlinear
datasets. Additional judgments and
perhaps alternative analyses are used
when the procedure fails to yield
reliable results. For example, when a
model’s fit is poor, the highest dose is
often omitted in cases where it is judged
that the highest dose reflects competing
toxicity that is more relevant at high
doses than at lower doses. Another
example is when there are large
differences in survival across dose
groups; here, models that includes timeto-tumor or time-to-event information
may be useful.
For continuous data on key precursor
effects, empirical models can be chosen
on the basis of the structure of the data.
The rationale for the choice of model,
the alternatives considered and rejected,
and a discussion of model uncertainty
are included in the dose-response
characterization.
3.2.4. Point of Departure (POD)
For each tumor response, a POD from
the observed data should be estimated
to mark the beginning of extrapolation
to lower doses. The POD is an estimated
dose (expressed in human-equivalent
terms) near the lower end of the
observed range without significant
extrapolation to lower doses.
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
The POD is used as the starting point
for subsequent extrapolations and
analyses. For linear extrapolation, the
POD is used to calculate a slope factor
(see Section 3.3.3), and for nonlinear
extrapolation the POD is used in the
calculation of a reference dose or
reference concentration (see Section
3.3.4). In a risk characterization, the
POD is part of the determination of a
margin of exposure (see Section 5.4).
With appropriate adjustments, it can
also be used as the basis for hazard
rankings that compare different agents
or health effects.
The lowest POD is used that is
adequately supported by the data. If the
POD is above some data points, it can
fail to reflect the shape of the doseresponse curve at the lowest doses and
can introduce bias into subsequent
extrapolations (see Figure 3–1). On the
other hand, if the POD is far below all
observed data points, it can introduce
model uncertainty and parameter
uncertainty (see Section 3.6) that
increase with the distance between the
data and the POD. Use of a POD at the
lowest level supported by the data seeks
to balance these considerations. It uses
information from the model(s) a small
distance below the observed range
rather than discarding this information
and using extrapolation procedures in a
range where the model(s) can provide
some useful information. Statistical tests
involving the ratio of the central
estimate and its lower bound (i.e., EDxx/
LEDxx) can be useful for evaluating how
well the data support a model’s
estimates at a particular response level.
(Note that the ability to model at a
particular response level is not the same
as the study’s ability to identify an
increase at that response level as
statistically significant.)
The POD for extrapolating the
relationship to environmental exposure
levels of interest, when the latter are
outside the range of observed data, is
generally the lower 95% confidence
limit on the lowest dose level that can
be supported for modeling by the data.
SAB (1997) suggested that, ‘‘it may be
appropriate to emphasize lower
statistical bounds in screening analyses
and in activities designed to develop an
appropriate human exposure value,
since such activities require accounting
for various types of uncertainties and a
lower bound on the central estimate is
a scientifically-based approach
accounting for the uncertainty in the
true value of the ED10 [or central
estimate].’’ However, the consensus of
the SAB (1997) was that, ‘‘both point
estimates and statistical bounds can be
useful in different circumstances, and
recommended that the Agency routinely
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
calculate and present the point estimate
of the ED10 [or central estimate] and the
corresponding upper and lower 95%
statistical bounds.’’ For example, it may
be appropriate to emphasize the central
estimate in activities that involve formal
uncertainty analysis that are required by
OMB Circular A–4 (OMB, 2003) as well
as ranking agents as to their
carcinogenic hazard. Thus, risk
assessors should calculate, to the extent
practicable, and present the central
estimate and the corresponding upper
and lower statistical bounds (such as
confidence limits) to inform
decisionmakers.
When tumor data are used, a POD is
obtained from the modeled tumor
incidences. Conventional cancer
bioassays, with approximately 50
animals per group, generally can
support modeling down to an increased
incidence of 1–10%; epidemiologic
studies, with larger sample sizes, below
1%. Various models commonly used for
carcinogens yield similar estimates of
the POD at response levels as low as 1%
(Krewski and Van Ryzin, 1981; Gaylor et
al., 1994). Consequently, response levels
at or below 10% can often be used as
the POD. As a modeling convention, the
lower bound on the doses associated
with standard response levels of 1, 5,
and 10% can be analyzed, presented,
and considered. For making
comparisons at doses within the
observed range, the ED10 and LED10 are
also reported and can be used, with
appropriate adjustments, in hazard
rankings that compare different agents
or health effects (U.S. EPA, 2002c). A
no-observed-adverse-effect level
(NOAEL) generally is not used for
assessing the potential for carcinogenic
response when one or more models can
be fitted to the data.
When good quality precursor data are
available and are clearly tied to the
mode of action of the compound of
interest, models that include both
tumors and their precursors may be
advantageous for deriving a POD. Such
models can provide insight into
quantitative relationships between
tumors and precursors (see Section
3.2.2), possibly suggesting the precursor
response level that is associated with a
particular tumor response level. The
goal is to use precursor data to extend
the observed range below what can be
observed in tumor studies. EPA is
continuing to examine this issue and
anticipates that findings and
conclusions may result in supplemental
guidance to these cancer guidelines. If
the precursor data are drawn from small
samples or if the quantitative
relationship between tumors and
precursors is not well defined, then the
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17799
tumor data will provide a more reliable
POD. Precursor effects may or may not
be biologically adverse in themselves;
the intent is to consider not only tumors
but also damage that can lead to
subsequent tumor development by the
agent. Analysis of continuous data may
differ from discrete data; Murrell et al.
(1998) discuss alternative approaches to
deriving a POD from continuous data.
3.2.5. Characterizing the POD: The POD
Narrative
As a single-point summary of a single
dose-response curve, the POD alone
does not convey all the critical
information present in the data from
which it is derived. To convey a
measure of uncertainty, the POD should
be presented as a central estimate with
upper and lower bounds. A POD
narrative summarizes other important
features of the database and the POD
that are important to account for in lowdose extrapolations or other analyses.
(a) Nature of the response. Is the POD
based on tumors or a precursor? If on
tumors, does the POD measure
incidence or mortality? Is it a lifetime
measure or was the study terminated
early? The relationships between
precursors and tumors, incidence and
mortality, and lifetime and earlytermination results vary from case to
case. Modeling can provide quantitative
insight into these relationships, for
example, linking a change in a precursor
response to a tumor incidence (see
Section 3.2.2). This can aid in
evaluating the significance of the
response at the POD and adjusting
different PODs to make them
comparable.
(b) Level of the response. What level
of response is associated with the POD,
for example, 1% cancer risk, 10%
cancer risk, or 10% change in a
precursor measure?
(c) Nature of the study population. Is
the POD based on humans or animals?
How large is the effective sample size?
Is the study group representative of the
general population, of healthy adult
workers, or of a susceptible group? Are
both sexes represented? Did exposure
occur during a susceptible lifestage?
(d) Slope of the dose-response curve
at the POD. How does response change
as dose is reduced below the POD? A
steep slope indicates that risk decreases
rapidly as dose decreases. On the other
hand, a steep slope also indicates that
errors in an exposure assessment can
lead to large errors in estimating risk.
Both aspects of the slope are important.
The slope also indicates whether doseresponse curves for different effects are
likely to cross below the POD. For
example, in the ED01 study where 2-
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17800
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
acetylaminofluorene caused bladder
carcinomas and liver carcinomas in
mice (Littlefield et al., 1980), the doseresponse curves for these tumors cross
between 10% and 1% response (see
Figure 3–2). This crossing, which can be
inferred from the slopes of the curves at
a 10% response, shows how considering
the slope can lead to better inferences
about the predominant effects expected
at lower doses. Mode of action data can
also be useful; quantitative information
about key precursor events can be used
to describe how risk decreases as dose
decreases below the POD.
(e) Relationship of the POD with other
cancers. How does the POD for this
cancer relate to PODs for other cancers
observed in the database? For example,
a POD based on male workers would not
reflect the implications of mammary
tumors in female rats or mice.
(f) Extent of the overall cancer
database. Have potential cancer
responses been adequately studied (e.g.,
were all tissues examined), or is the
database limited to particular effects,
population segments, or lifestages? Do
the mode of action data suggest a
potential for cancers not observed in the
database (e.g., disruption of particular
endocrine pathways leading to related
cancers)?
3.2.6. Relative Potency Factors
Relative potency factors (of which
toxicity equivalence factors are a special
case) can be used for a well-defined
class of agents that operate through a
common mode of action for the same
toxic endpoint. A complete doseresponse assessment is conducted for
one well-studied member of the class
that serves as the index chemical for the
class. The other members of the class
are tied to the index chemical by
relative potency factors that are based
on characteristics such as relative
toxicological outcomes, relative
metabolic rates, relative absorption
rates, quantitative SARs, or receptor
binding characteristics (U.S. EPA,
2000c). Examples of this approach are
the toxicity equivalence factors for
dioxin-like compounds and the relative
potency factors for some carcinogenic
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons.
Whenever practicable, toxicity
equivalence factors should be validated
and accompanied by quantitative
uncertainty analysis.
3.3. Extrapolation to Lower Doses
The purpose of low-dose
extrapolation is to provide as much
information as possible about risk in the
range of doses below the observed data.
The most versatile forms of low-dose
extrapolation are dose-response models
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
that characterize risk as a probability
over a range of environmental exposure
levels. These risk probabilities allow
estimates of the risk reduction under
different decision options and estimates
of the risk remaining after an action is
taken and provide the risk information
needed for benefit-cost analyses of
different decision options.
When a dose-response model is not
developed for lower doses, another form
of low-dose extrapolation is a safety
assessment that characterizes the safety
of one lower dose, with no explicit
characterization of risks above or below
that dose. Although this type of
extrapolation may be adequate for
evaluation of some decision options, it
may not be adequate for other purposes
(e.g., benefit-cost analyses) that require
a quantitative characterization of risks
across a range of doses. At this time,
safety assessment is the default
approach for tumors that arise through
a nonlinear mode of action; however,
EPA continues to explore methods for
quantifying dose-response relationships
over a range of environmental exposure
levels for tumors that arise through a
nonlinear mode of action (U.S. EPA,
2002c). EPA program offices that need
this more explicit dose-response
information may develop and apply
methods that are informed by the
methods described in these cancer
guidelines.
3.3.1. Choosing an Extrapolation
Approach
The approach for extrapolation below
the observed data considers the
understanding of the agent’s mode of
action at each tumor site (see Section
2.4). Mode of action information can
suggest the likely shape of the doseresponse curve at lower doses. The
extent of inter-individual variation is
also considered, with greater variation
spreading the response over a wider
range of doses.
Linear extrapolation should be used
when there are MOA data to indicate
that the dose-response curve is expected
to have a linear component below the
POD. Agents that are generally
considered to be linear in this region
include:
• Agents that are DNA-reactive and
have direct mutagenic activity, or
• Agents for which human exposures
or body burdens are high and near doses
associated with key precursor events in
the carcinogenic process, so that
background exposures to this and other
agents operating through a common
mode of action are in the increasing,
approximately linear, portion of the
dose-response curve.
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
When the weight of evidence
evaluation of all available data are
insufficient to establish the mode of
action for a tumor site and when
scientifically plausible based on the
available data, linear extrapolation is
used as a default approach, because
linear extrapolation generally is
considered to be a health-protective
approach. Nonlinear approaches
generally should not be used in cases
where the mode of action has not been
ascertained. Where alternative
approaches with significant biological
support are available for the same tumor
response and no scientific consensus
favors a single approach, an assessment
may present results based on more than
one approach.
A nonlinear approach should be
selected when there are sufficient data
to ascertain the mode of action and
conclude that it is not linear at low
doses and the agent does not
demonstrate mutagenic or other activity
consistent with linearity at low doses.
Special attention is important when the
data support a nonlinear mode of action
but there is also a suggestion of
mutagenicity. Depending on the
strength of the suggestion of
mutagenicity, the assessment may
justify a conclusion that mutagenicity is
not operative at low doses and focus on
a nonlinear approach, or alternatively,
the assessment may use both linear and
nonlinear approaches.
Both linear and nonlinear approaches
may be used when there are multiple
modes of action. If there are multiple
tumor sites, one with a linear and
another with a nonlinear mode of
action, then the corresponding approach
is used at each site. If there are multiple
modes of action at a single tumor site,
one linear and another nonlinear, then
both approaches are used to decouple
and consider the respective
contributions of each mode of action in
different dose ranges. For example, an
agent can act predominantly through
cytotoxicity at high doses and through
mutagenicity at lower doses where
cytotoxicity does not occur. Modeling to
a low response level can be useful for
estimating the response at doses where
the high-dose mode of action would be
less important.
3.3.2. Extrapolation Using a
Toxicodynamic Model
The preferred approach is to develop
a toxicodynamic model of the agent’s
mode of action and use that model for
extrapolation to lower doses (see
Section 3.2.2). The extent of
extrapolation is governed by an analysis
of model uncertainty, where alternative
models that fit similarly in the observed
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
range can diverge below that range (see
Section 3.6). Substantial divergence is
likely when model parameters are
estimated from tumor incidence data, so
that different combinations of parameter
estimates yield similar fits in the
observed range but have different
implications at lower doses. An analysis
of model uncertainty can be used to
determine the range where extrapolation
using the toxicodynamic model is
supported and where further
extrapolation would be based on either
a linear or a nonlinear default, as
appropriate (see Sections 3.3.3, 3.3.4).
3.3.3. Extrapolation Using a Low-Dose,
Linear Model
Linear extrapolation should be used
in two distinct circumstances: (1) When
there are data to indicate that the doseresponse curve has a linear component
below the POD, or (2) as a default for a
tumor site where the mode of action is
not established (see Section 3.3.1). For
linear extrapolation, a line should be
drawn from the POD to the origin,
corrected for background. This implies
a proportional (linear) relationship
between risk and dose at low doses.
(Note that the dose-response curve
generally is not linear at higher doses.)
The slope of this line, known as the
slope factor, is an upper-bound estimate
of risk per increment of dose that can be
used to estimate risk probabilities for
different exposure levels. The slope
factor is equal to 0.01/LED01 if the LED01
is used as the POD.
Unit risk estimates express the slope
in terms of µg/L drinking water or µg/
m3 or ppm air. In general, the drinking
water unit risk is derived by converting
a slope factor from units of mg/kg-d to
units of µg/L, whereas an inhalation
unit risk is developed directly from a
dose-response analysis using equivalent
human concentrations already
expressed in units of µg/m3. Unit risk
estimates often assume a standard
intake rate (L/day drinking water or m3/
day air) and body weight (kg), which
may need to be reconciled with the
exposure factors for the population of
interest in an exposure assessment (see
Section 4.4). Alternatively, when the
slope factor for inhalation is in units of
ppm, it may sometimes be termed the
inhalation unit risk. Although unit risks
have not been calculated in the past for
dermal exposures, both exposures that
are absorbed into the systemic
circulation and those that remain in
contact with the skin are also important.
Risk-specific doses are derived from
the slope factor or unit risk to estimate
the dose associated with a specific risk
level, for example, a one-in-a-million
increased lifetime risk.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
3.3.4. Nonlinear Extrapolation to Lower
Doses
A nonlinear extrapolation method can
be used for cases with sufficient data to
ascertain the mode of action and to
conclude that it is not linear at low
doses but with not enough data to
support a toxicodynamic model that
may be either nonlinear or linear at low
doses. Nonlinear extrapolation having a
significant biological support may be
presented in addition to a linear
approach when the available data and a
weight of evidence evaluation support a
nonlinear approach, but the data are not
strong enough to ascertain the mode of
action applying the Agency’s mode of
action framework. If the mode of action
and other information can support
chemical-specific modeling at low
doses, it is preferable to default
procedures.
For cases where the tumors arise
through a nonlinear mode of action, an
oral reference dose or an inhalation
reference concentration, or both, should
be developed in accordance with EPA’s
established practice for developing such
values, taking into consideration the
factors summarized in the
characterization of the POD (see Section
3.2.5). This approach expands the past
focus of such reference values
(previously reserved for effects other
than cancer) to include carcinogenic
effects determined to have a nonlinear
mode of action. As with other health
effects of concern, it is important to put
cancer in perspective with the overall
health impact of an exposure by
comparing reference value calculations
for cancer with those for other health
effects.
For effects other than cancer,
reference values have been described as
being based on the assumption of
biological thresholds. The Agency’s
more current guidelines for these effects
(U.S. EPA, 1996a, 1998b), however, do
not use this assumption, citing the
difficulty of empirically distinguishing a
true threshold from a dose-response
curve that is nonlinear at low doses.
Economic and policy analysts need to
know how the probability of cancer
varies at exposures above the reference
value and whether, and to what extent,
there are health benefits from reducing
exposures below the reference value.
The risk assessment community is
working to develop better methods to
provide more useful information to
economic and policy analysts.
3.3.5. Comparing and Combining
Multiple Extrapolations
When multiple estimates can be
developed, all datasets should be
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17801
considered and a judgment made about
how best to represent the human cancer
risk. Some options for presenting results
include:
• Adding risk estimates derived from
different tumor sites (NRC, 1994),
• Combining data from different
datasets in a joint analysis (Putzrath and
Ginevan, 1991; Stiteler et al., 1993;
Vater et al., 1993),
• Combining responses that operate
through a common mode of action,
• Representing the overall response
in each experiment by counting animals
with any tumor showing a statistically
significant increase,
• Presenting a range of results from
multiple datasets (in this case, the doseresponse assessment includes guidance
on how to choose an appropriate value
from the range),
• Choosing a single dataset if it can be
justified as most representative of the
overall response in humans, or
• A combination of these options.
Cross-comparison of estimates from
human and animal studies can provide
a valuable risk perspective.
• Calculating an animal-derived slope
factor and using it to estimate the risk
expected in a human study can provide
information with which to evaluate the
human study design, for example,
adequacy of exposure level and sample
size.
• Calculating an upper-bound slope
factor from a human study that does not
show positive results but that has good
exposure information, and comparing it
to an animal-derived slope factor can
indicate whether the animal and
humans studies are consistent.
3.4. Extrapolation to Different Human
Exposure Scenarios
As described in the previous cancer
guidelines, special problems arise when
the human exposure situation of
concern suggests exposure regimens,
e.g., route and dosing schedule, that are
substantially different from those used
in the relevant animal studies. Unless
there is evidence to the contrary in a
particular case, the cumulative dose
received over a lifetime, expressed as
average daily exposure prorated over a
lifetime, is recommended as an
appropriate measure of exposure to a
carcinogen. That is, the assumption is
made that a high dose of a carcinogen
received over a short period of time is
equivalent to a corresponding low dose
spread over a lifetime. This approach
becomes more problematical as the
exposures in question become more
intense but less frequent, especially
when there is evidence that the agent
has shown dose-rate effects (U.S. EPA
1986a).
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17802
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
Accordingly, for lifetime human
exposure scenarios that involve
intermittent or varying levels of
exposure, the prevailing practice has
been to assess exposure by calculating a
lifetime average daily exposure or dose
(U.S. EPA, 1992a).
For less-than-lifetime human
exposure scenarios, too, the lifetime
average daily exposure or dose has often
been used. The use of these lifetime
average exposure metrics was adopted
with low-dose linear cancer assessments
in mind. The lifetime averaging implies
that less-than-lifetime exposure is
associated with a linearly proportional
reduction of the lifetime risk, regardless
of when exposures occur. Such
averaging may be problematic in some
situations. This can be illustrated using
both the multistage model and the twostage clonal expansion model that
predict that short-duration risks are not
necessarily proportional to exposure
duration and can depend on the nature
of the carcinogen and the timing of
exposure (Goddard et al., 1995;
Murdoch et al., 1992). These examples
indicate some circumstances in which
use of a lifetime average daily dose
(LADD) would underestimate cancer
risk by two-to fivefold, and others in
which it might overestimate risk
(Murdoch et al., 1992). Thus, averaging
over the duration of a lifestage or a
critical window of exposure may be
appropriate. As methodological research
focuses on new approaches for
estimating risks from less-than-lifetime
exposures, methods and defaults can be
expected to change.
This highlights the importance for
each dose-response assessment to
critically evaluate all information
pertaining to less-than-lifetime
exposure. For example, detailed stopexposure studies can provide
information about the relationship
between exposure duration, precursor
effects, potential for reversibility, and
tumor development. Toxicokinetic
modeling can investigate differences in
internal dose between short-term and
long-term exposure or between
intermittent and constant exposure.
Persistence in the body can be useful in
explaining long-term effects resulting
from shorter-term exposures.
For nonlinear cancer analyses, it may
be appropriate to assess exposure by
calculating a daily dose that is averaged
over the exposure duration for the study
(see Section 3.1.1). For example, when
the analysis is based on precursor
effects that result from less than a
lifetime exposure, that exposure period
may be used. This reflects an
expectation that the precursor effects on
which the analysis is based can result
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
from less-than-lifetime exposure,
bringing consistency to the methods
used for dose-response assessment and
exposure assessment in such cases. The
dose-response assessment can provide a
recommendation to exposure assessors
about the averaging time that is
appropriate to the mode of action and to
the exposure duration of the scenario.
3.5. Extrapolation to Susceptible
Populations and Lifestages
The dose-response assessment strives
to derive separate estimates for
susceptible populations and lifestages
so that these risks can be explicitly
characterized. For a susceptible
population, higher risks can be expected
from exposures anytime during life, but
this applies to only a portion of the
general population (e.g., those bearing a
particular genetic susceptibility). In
contrast, for a susceptible lifestage,
higher risks can be expected from
exposures during only a portion of a
lifetime, but everyone in the population
may pass through those lifestages.
Effects of exposures during a susceptible
period are not equivalent to effects of
exposures at other times; consequently,
it is useful to estimate the risk
attributable to exposures during each
period.
Depending on the data available, a
tiered approach should be used to
address susceptible populations and
lifestages.
• When there is an epidemiologic
study or an animal bioassay that reports
quantitative results for susceptible
individuals, the data should be analyzed
to provide a separate risk estimate for
those who are susceptible. If
susceptibility pertains to a lifestage, it is
useful to characterize the portion of the
lifetime risk that can be attributed to the
susceptible lifestage.
• When there are data on some riskrelated parameters that allow
comparison of the general population
and susceptible individuals, the data
should be analyzed with an eye toward
adjusting the general population
estimate for susceptible individuals.
This analysis can range from
toxicokinetic modeling that uses
parameter values representative of
susceptible individuals to more simply
adjusting a general population estimate
to reflect differences in important rategoverning parameters. Care is taken to
not make parameter adjustments in
isolation, as the appropriate adjustment
can depend on the interactions of
several parameters; for example, the
ratio of metabolic activation and
clearance rates can be more appropriate
than the activation rate alone (U.S. EPA,
1992b).
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
• In the absence of such agentspecific data, there is some general
information to indicate that childhood
can be a susceptible lifestage for
exposure to some carcinogens (U.S.
EPA, 2005); this warrants explicit
consideration in each assessment. The
potential for susceptibility from earlylife exposure is expected to vary among
specific agents and chemical classes. In
addition, the concern that the doseaveraging generally used for assessing
less-than-lifetime exposure is more
likely to understate than overstate risk
(see Section 3.4) contributes to the
suggestion that alternative approaches
be considered for assessing risks from
less-than-lifetime exposure that occurs
during childhood. Accompanying these
cancer guidelines is the Supplemental
Guidance that the Agency will use to
assess risks from early-life exposure to
potential carcinogens (U.S. EPA, 2005).
The Supplemental Guidance may be
updated to reflect new data and new
understanding that may become
available in the future.
3.6. Uncertainty
The NRC (1983, 1994, 1996, 2002) has
repeatedly advised that proper
characterization of uncertainty is
essential in risk assessment. An
assessment that omits or underestimates
uncertainty can leave decisionmakers
with a false sense of confidence in
estimates of risk. On the other hand, a
high level of uncertainty does not imply
that a risk assessment or a risk
management action should be delayed
(NRC, 2002). Uncertainty in doseresponse assessment can be classified as
either model uncertainty or parameter
uncertainty. A related concept, human
variation, is discussed below.
Assessments should discuss the
significant uncertainties encountered in
the analysis, distinguishing, if possible,
between model uncertainty, parameter
uncertainty, and human variation.
Origins of these uncertainties can span
a range, from a single causal thread
supported by sparse data, to abundant
information that presents multiple
possible conclusions or that does not
coalesce. As described in Section 2.6
and in Section 5.1, all contributing
features should be noted.
Model uncertainty refers to a lack of
knowledge needed to determine which
is the correct scientific theory on which
to base a model. In risk assessment,
model uncertainty is reflected in
alternative choices for model structure,
dose metrics, and extrapolation
approaches. Other sources of model
uncertainty concern whether surrogate
data are appropriate, for example, using
data on adults to make inferences about
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
children. The full extent of model
uncertainty usually cannot be
quantified; a partial characterization can
be obtained by comparing the results of
alternative models. Model uncertainty is
expressed through comparison of
separate analyses from each model,
coupled with a subjective probability
statement, where feasible and
appropriate, of the likelihood that each
model might be correct (NRC, 1994).
Some aspects of model uncertainty
that should be addressed in an
assessment include the use of animal
models as a surrogate for humans, the
influence of cross-species differences in
metabolism and physiology, the use of
effects observed at high doses as an
indicator of the potential for effects at
lower doses, the effect of using linear or
nonlinear extrapolation to estimate
risks, the use of using small samples
and subgroups to make inferences about
entire human populations or
subpopulations with differential
susceptibilities, and the use of
experimental exposure regimens to
make inferences about different human
exposure scenarios (NRC, 2002).
Toxicokinetic and toxicodynamic
models are generally premised on site
concordance across species, modeling,
for example, the relationship between
administered dose and liver tissue
concentrations to predict increased
incidences of liver cancer. This
relationship, which can be observed in
animals, is typically only inferred for
humans. There are, however, numerous
examples of an agent causing different
cancers in different species. The
assessment should discuss the relevant
data that bear on this form of model
uncertainty.
Parameter uncertainty refers to a lack
of knowledge about the values of a
model’s parameters. This leads to a
distribution of values for each
parameter. Common sources of
parameter uncertainty include random
measurement errors, systematic
measurement errors, use of surrogate
data instead of direct measurements,
misclassification of exposure status,
random sampling errors, and use of an
unrepresentative sample. Most types of
parameter uncertainty can be quantified
by statistical analysis.
Human variation refers to person-toperson differences in biological
susceptibility or in exposure. Although
both human variation and uncertainty
can be characterized as ranges or
distributions, they are fundamentally
different concepts. Uncertainty can be
reduced by further research that
supports a model or improves a
parameter estimate, but human variation
is a reality that can be better
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
characterized, but not reduced, by
further research. Fields other than risk
assessment use ‘‘variation’’ or
‘‘variability’’ to mean dispersion about a
central value, including measurement
errors and other random errors that risk
assessors address as uncertainty.
Probabilistic risk assessment,
informed by expert judgment, has been
used in exposure assessment to estimate
human variation and uncertainty in
lifetime average daily exposure
concentration or dose. Probabilistic
methods can be used in this exposure
assessment application because the
pertinent variables (for example,
concentration, intake rate, exposure
duration, and body weight) have been
identified, their distributions can be
observed, and the formula for
combining the variables to estimate the
lifetime average daily dose is well
defined (see U.S. EPA, 1992a).
Similarly, probabilistic methods can be
applied in dose-response assessment
when there is an understanding of the
important parameters and their
relationships, such as identification of
the key determinants of human
variation (for example, metabolic
polymorphisms, hormone levels, and
cell replication rates), observation of the
distributions of these variables, and
valid models for combining these
variables. With appropriate data and
expert judgment, formal approaches to
probabilistic risk assessment can be
applied to provide insight into the
overall extent and dominant sources of
human variation and uncertainty. In
doing this, it is important to note that
analyses that omit or underestimate
some principal sources of variation or
uncertainty could provide a
misleadingly narrow description of the
true extent of variation and uncertainty
and give decisionmakers a false sense of
confidence in estimates of risk.
Specification of joint probability
distributions is appropriate when
variables are not independent of each
other. In each case, the assessment
should carefully consider the questions
of uncertainty and human variation and
discuss the extent to which there are
data to address them.
Probabilistic risk assessment has also
been used in dose-response assessment
to determine and distinguish the degree
of uncertainty and variability in
toxicokinetic and toxicodynamic
modeling. Although this field is less
advanced that probabilistic exposure
assessment, progress is being made and
these cancer guidelines are flexible
enough to accommodate continuing
advances in these approaches.
Advances in uncertainty analysis are
expected as the field develops. The
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17803
cancer guidelines are intended to be
flexible enough to incorporate
additional approaches for characterizing
uncertainty that have less commonly
been used by regulatory agencies. In all
scientific and engineering fields, data
and research limitations often limit the
application of established methods. A
dearth of data is a particular problem
when quantifying the probability
distribution of model outputs. In many
of these scientific and engineering
disciplines, researchers have used
rigorous expert elicitation methods to
overcome the lack of peer-reviewed
methods and data. Although expert
elicitation has not been widely used in
environmental risk assessment, several
studies have applied this methodology
as a tool for understanding quantitative
risk. For example, expert elicitation has
been used in chemical risk assessment
and its associated uncertainty (e.g.,
Richmond, 1981; Renn, 1999; Florig et
al., 2001; Morgan et al., 2001; Willis et
al., 2004), components of risk
assessment such as hazard assessment
and dose-response evaluation (e.g.,
Hawkins and Graham 1988; Jelovsek et
al., 1990; Evans et al., 1994; IEc, 2004;
U.S. EPA 2004) and exposure
assessment (e.g., Whitfield and
Wallsten, 1989; Hawkins and Evans,
1989; Winkler et al., 1995; Stiber et al.,
1999; Walker et al., 2001, 2003; Van Der
Fels-Klerx et al., 2002), and for
evaluating other types of risks (e.g.,
North and Merkhofer, 1976; Fos and
McLin, 1990). These cancer guidelines
are flexible enough to accommodate the
use of expert elicitation to characterize
cancer risks, as a complement to the
methods presented in the cancer
guidelines. According to NRC (NRC,
2002), the rigorous use of expert
elicitation for the analyses of risks is
considered to be quality science.
3.7. Dose-Response Characterization
A dose-response characterization
extracts the dose-response information
needed in a full risk characterization
(U.S. EPA, 2000b), including:
• Presentation of the recommended
estimates (slope factors, reference doses,
reference concentrations) and
alternatives with significant biological
support,
• A summary of the data supporting
these estimates,
• A summary and explanation of the
modeling approaches used,
• A description of any special
features such as the development and
consolidation of multiple estimates as
detailed in Section 3.3.5,
• The POD narrative (see Section
3.2.5),
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17804
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
• A summary of the key defaults
invoked,
• Identification of susceptible
populations or lifestages and
quantification of their differential
susceptibility, and
• A discussion of the strengths and
limitations of the dose-response
assessment, highlighting significant
issues in developing risk estimates,
alternative approaches considered
equally plausible, and how these issues
were resolved.
All estimates should be accompanied
by the weight of evidence descriptor and
its narrative (see Section 2.5) to convey
a sense of the qualitative uncertainty
about whether the agent may or may not
be carcinogenic.
Slope factors generally represent an
upper bound on the average risk in a
population or the risk for a randomly
selected individual but not the risk for
a highly susceptible individual or
group. Some individuals face a higher
risk and some face a lower risk. The use
of upper bounds generally is considered
to be a health-protective approach for
covering the risk to susceptible
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
individuals, although the calculation of
upper bounds is not based on
susceptibility data. Similarly, exposure
during some lifestages can contribute
more or less to the total lifetime risk
than do similar exposures at other
times. The dose-response assessment
characterizes, to the extent possible, the
extent of these variations.
Depending on the supporting data and
modeling approach, a slope factor can
have a mix of traits that tend to either
estimate, overestimate, or underestimate
risk.
Some examples of traits that tend to
overestimate risk include the following.
• The slope factor is derived from
data on a highly susceptible animal
strain.
• Linear extrapolation is used as a
default and extends over several orders
of magnitude.
• The largest of several slope factors
is chosen.
Some examples of traits that tend to
underestimate risk include the
following.
• Several tumor types were observed,
but the slope factor is based on a subset
of them.
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
• The study design does not include
exposure during a susceptible lifestage,
for example, perinatal exposure.
• The study population is of lessthan-average susceptibility, for example,
healthy adult workers.
• There is random exposure
misclassification or random exposure
measurement error in the study from
which the slope factor is derived.
Some examples of traits that
inherently neither overestimate nor
underestimate risk include the
following.
• The slope factor is derived from
data in humans or in an animal strain
that responds like humans.
• Linear extrapolation is appropriate
for the agent’s mode of action.
• Environmental exposures are close
to the observed data.
• Several slope factors for the same
tumor are averaged or a slope factor is
derived from pooled data from several
studies.
• The slope factor is derived from the
only suitable study.
BILLING CODE 6560–50–P
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
17805
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
EN07AP05.001
BILLING CODE 6560–50–C
17806
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
4. Exposure Assessment
Exposure assessment is the
determination (qualitative and
quantitative) of the magnitude,
frequency, and duration of exposure and
internal dose (U.S. EPA, 1992a). This
section provides a brief overview of
exposure assessment principles, with an
emphasis on issues related to
carcinogenic risk assessment. The
information presented here should be
used in conjunction with other guidance
documents, including Guidelines for
Exposure Assessment (U.S. EPA, 1992a),
Science Policy Council Handbook: Risk
Characterization (U.S. EPA, 2000b),
Exposure Factors Handbook (U.S. EPA,
1997c), the 1997 Policy for Use of
Probabilistic Analysis in Risk
Assessments (U.S. EPA, 1997d), and the
1997 Guiding Principles for Monte Carlo
Analysis (U.S. EPA, 1997e). In addition,
program-specific guidelines for
exposure assessment should be
consulted.
Exposure assessment generally
consists of four major steps: defining the
assessment questions, selecting or
developing the conceptual and
mathematical models, collecting data or
selecting and evaluating available data,
and exposure characterization. Each of
these steps is briefly described below.
4.1. Defining the Assessment Questions
In providing a clear and unambiguous
statement of the purpose and scope of
the exposure assessment (U.S. EPA,
1997e), consider the following.
• The management objectives of the
assessment will determine whether
deterministic screening level analyses
are adequate or whether full
probabilistic exposure characterization
is needed.
• Identify and include all important
sources (e.g., pesticide applications),
pathways (e.g., food or water), and
routes (e.g., ingestion, inhalation, and
dermal) of exposure in the assessment.
If a particular source, pathway, or route
is omitted, a clear and transparent
explanation should be provided.
• Separate analyses should be
conducted for each definable subgroup
within the population of interest. In
particular, subpopulations or lifestages
that are believed to be highly exposed
or susceptible to a particular health
effect should be studied. These include
people with certain diseases or genetic
susceptibilities and others whose
behavior or physiology may lead to
higher exposure or susceptibility.
Consider the following examples:
—Physiological differences between
men and women (e.g., body weight
and inhalation rate) may lead to
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
important differences in exposures.
See, for example, the discussion in
Exposure Factors Handbook (U.S.
EPA, 1997c, Appendix 1A).
—Pregnant and lactating women may
have exposures that differ from the
general population (e.g., slightly
higher water consumption) (U.S. EPA,
1997c). Further, exposure to pregnant
women may result in exposure to the
developing fetus (NRC, 1993b).
—Children consume more food per
body weight than do adults while
consuming fewer types of foods, i.e.,
have a more limited diet (ILSI, 1992;
NRC, 1993b; U.S. EPA, 1997c). In
addition, children engage in crawling
and mouthing (i.e., putting hands and
objects in the mouth) behaviors,
which can increase their exposures.
—The elderly and disabled may have
important differences in their
exposures due to a more sedentary
lifestyle (U.S. EPA, 1997c). In
addition, the health status of this
group may affect their susceptibility
to the detrimental effects of exposure.
For further guidance, see Guidelines
for Exposure Assessment (U.S. EPA,
1992a, § 3).
4.2. Selecting or Developing the
Conceptual and Mathematical Models
Carcinogen risk assessment models
have generally been based on the
premise that risk is proportional to
cumulative lifetime dose. For lifetime
human exposure scenarios, therefore,
the exposure metric used for
carcinogenic risk assessment has been
the lifetime average daily dose (LADD)
or, in the case of inhalation exposure,
the lifetime average exposure
concentration. These metrics are
typically used in conjunction with the
corresponding slope factor to calculate
individual excess cancer risk. The
LADD is typically an estimate of the
daily intake of a carcinogenic agent
throughout the entire life of an
individual, while the lifetime average
exposure concentration is the
corresponding estimate of average
exposure concentration for the
carcinogenic agent over the entire life of
an individual. Depending on the
objectives of the assessment, the LADD
or lifetime average exposure
concentration may be calculated
deterministically (using point estimates
for each factor to derive a point estimate
of the exposure) or stochastically (using
probability distributions to represent
each factor and such techniques as
Monte Carlo analysis to derive a
distribution of the LADD) (U.S. EPA,
1997e). Stochastic analyses may help to
identify certain population segments or
lifestages that are highly exposed and
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
may need to be assessed as a special
subgroup. For further guidance, see
Guidelines for Exposure Assessment
(U.S. EPA, 1992a, § 5.3.5.2 ). As
methodological research focuses on new
approaches for estimating risks from
less-than-lifetime exposures, methods
and defaults can be expected to change.
There may be cases where the mode
of action indicates that dose rates are
important in the carcinogenic process.
In these cases, short-term, less-thanlifetime exposure estimates may be
more appropriate than the LADD for risk
assessment. This may be the case when
a nonlinear dose-response approach is
used (see Section 3.3.4).
4.3. Collecting Data or Selecting and
Evaluating Available Data
After the assessment questions have
been defined and the conceptual and
mathematical models have been
developed, it is important to compile
and evaluate existing data or, if
necessary, to collect new data.
Depending on the exposure scenario
under consideration, data on a wide
variety of exposure factors may be
needed. EPA’s Exposure Factors
Handbook (U.S. EPA, 1997c) contains a
large compilation of exposure data, with
some analysis and recommendations.
Some of these data are organized by age
groups to assist with assessing such
subgroups as children. See, for example,
Exposure Factors Handbook (U.S. EPA,
1997c, Volume 1, Chapter 3). When
using these existing data, it is important
to evaluate the quality of the data and
the extent to which the data are
representative of the population under
consideration. EPA’s (U.S. EPA, 2000d)
and OMB’s (OMB 2002) guidance on
information quality, as well as programspecific guidances can provide further
assistance for evaluating existing data.
When existing data fail to provide an
adequate surrogate for the needs of a
particular assessment, it is important to
collect new data. Such data collection
efforts should be guided by the
references listed above (e.g., Guidance
for Data Quality Assessment and
program-specific guidance). Once again,
subpopulations or lifestages of concern
are an important consideration in any
data collection effort.
4.3.1. Adjusting Unit Risks for Highly
Exposed Populations and Lifestages
Unit risk estimates that have been
developed in the dose-response
assessment often assumed standard
adult intake rates. When an exposure
assessment focuses on a population or
lifestage with differential exposure,
good exposure assessment practice
would replace the standard intake rates
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
with values representative of the
exposed population. Small changes in
exposure assessments can be
approximated by using linearly
proportional adjustments of exposure
parameters, but a more accurate
integrative analysis may require an
analysis stratified by exposure duration
(see Section 5.1).
For example, to adjust the drinking water
unit risk for an active population that drinks
4 L/day (instead of 2 L/day), multiply the
unit risk by 2.
Because children drink more water
relative to their body weight than do
adults (U.S. EPA, 2002d), adjustments to
unit risk estimates are warranted
whenever they are applied in an
assessment of childhood exposure.
For example, to adjust the drinking water
unit risk for a 9-kg infant who drinks 1 L/
day (instead of a 70-kg adult who drinks 2
L/day), multiply the unit risk by [(1 L/day)
/ (9 kg)] / [(2 L/day) / (70 kg)] = 3.9.
Inhalation dosimetry is employed to
derive the human equivalent exposure
concentrations on which inhalation unit
risks, and reference concentrations, are
based (U.S. EPA, 1994). As described
previously (see Sections 3.1.2, 3.1.3),
different dosimetry methods may be
employed depending on the availability
of relevant data and chemical-specific
characteristics of the pollutant.
Consideration of lifestage-particular
physiological characteristics in the
dosimetry analysis may result in a
refinement to the human equivalent
concentration (HEC) to insure relevance
in risk assessment across lifestages, or
might conceivably conclude with
multiple HECs, and corresponding
inhalation unit risk values (e.g., separate
for childhood and adulthood).
The dose-response assessment
discusses the key sources of uncertainty
in estimating dosimetry, including any
related to lifestage. Review of this
discussion and of the dosimetric
analysis performed in deriving the HEC
and resultant unit risk will assist in the
appropriate application of inhalation
unit risk values to exposure across
lifestages.
4.4. Exposure Characterization
The exposure characterization is a
technical characterization that presents
the assessment results and supports the
risk characterization. It provides a
statement of the purpose, scope, and
approach used in the assessment,
identifying the exposure scenarios and
population subgroups covered. It
provides estimates of the magnitude,
frequency, duration, and distribution of
exposures among members of the
exposed population as the data permit.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
It identifies and compares the
contribution of different sources,
pathways, and routes of exposure. In
particular, a qualitative discussion of
the strengths and limitations
(uncertainties) of the data and models
are presented.
The discussion of uncertainties is a
critical component of the exposure
characterization. Uncertainties can arise
out of problems with the conceptual and
mathematical models. Uncertainties can
also arise from poor data quality and
data that are not quite representative of
the population or scenario of interest.
Consider the following examples of
uncertainties.
• National data (i.e., data collected to
represent the entire U.S. population)
may not be representative of exposures
occurring within a regional or local
population.
• Use of short-term data to infer
chronic, lifetime exposures should be
done with caution. Use of short-term
data to estimate long-term exposures has
the tendency to underestimate the
number of people exposed while
overestimating the exposure levels
experienced by those in the upper end
(i.e., above the 90th percentile) of the
exposure distribution. For further
guidance, refer to Guidelines for
Exposure Assessment (U.S. EPA, 1992a,
§ 5.3.1).
• Children’s behavior, including their
more limited diet, may lead to relatively
high but intermittent exposures. This
pattern of exposure, ‘‘one that gradually
declines over the developmental period
and which remains relatively constant
thereafter’’ is not accounted for in the
LADD model (ILSI, 1992). Further, the
physiological characteristics of children
may lead to important differences in
exposure. Some of these differences can
be accounted for in the LADD model.
For further guidance, see Guidelines for
Exposure Assessment (U.S. EPA, 1992a,
§ 5.3.5.2).
Overall, the exposure characterization
should provide a full description of the
sources, pathways, and routes of
exposure. The characterization also
should include a full description of the
populations assessed. In particular,
highly exposed or susceptible
subpopulation or lifestage should be
discussed. For further guidance on the
exposure characterization, consult
Guidelines for Exposure Assessment
(U.S. EPA, 1992a), the Policy and
Guidance for Risk Characterization
(U.S. EPA, 2000b,1995) and EPA’s Rule
Writer’s Guide to Executive Order 13045
(especially Attachment C: Technical
Support for Risk Assessors—
Suggestions for Characterizing Risks to
Children [U.S. EPA, 1998d]).
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17807
5. Risk Characterization
5.1. Purpose
EPA has developed general guidance
on risk characterization for use in its
risk assessment activities. The core of
EPA’s risk characterization policy (U.S.
EPA, 2000b, 1995) includes the
following.
Each risk assessment prepared in support
of decision making at EPA should include a
risk characterization that follows the
principles and reflects the values outlined in
this policy. A risk characterization should be
prepared in a manner that is clear,
transparent, reasonable, and consistent with
other risk characterizations of similar scope
prepared across programs in the Agency.
Further, discussion of risk in all EPA reports,
presentations, decision packages, and other
documents should be substantively
consistent with the risk characterization. The
nature of the risk characterization will
depend upon the information available, the
regulatory application of the risk
information, and the resources (including
time) available. In all cases, however, the
assessment should identify and discuss all
the major issues associated with determining
the nature and extent of the risk and provide
commentary on any constraints limiting
fuller exposition.
Risk characterization should be
carried out in accordance with the EPA
(U.S. EPA, 2002a) and OMB (2002)
information quality guidelines. EPA’s
risk characterization handbook (U.S.
EPA, 2000b) provides detailed guidance
to Agency staff. The discussion below
does not attempt to duplicate this
material, but it summarizes its
applicability to carcinogen risk
assessment.
The risk characterization includes a
summary for the risk manager in a
nontechnical discussion that minimizes
the use of technical terms. It is an
appraisal of the science that informs the
risk manager in public health decisions,
as do other decision-making analyses of
economic, social, or technology issues.
It also serves the needs of other
interested readers. The summary is an
information resource for preparing risk
communication information, but being
somewhat more technical than desired
for communication with the general
public, is not itself the usual vehicle for
communication with every audience.
The risk characterization also brings
together the assessments of hazard, dose
response, and exposure to make risk
estimates for the exposure scenarios of
interest. This analysis that follows the
summary is generally much more
extensive. It typically will identify
exposure scenarios of interest in
decision making and present risk
analyses associated with them. Some of
the analyses may concern scenarios in
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17808
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
several media; others may examine, for
example, only drinking water risks. As
these cancer guidelines allow different
hazard characterizations and different
potencies for specified conditions, e.g.,
exposure level, route of exposure, or
lifestage, some of the integrative
analyses may need to be stratified to
accommodate the appropriate
combinations of parameters across
relevant exposure durations.
In constructing high end estimates of
risk, the assessor should bear in mind
that the high-end risk is a plausible
estimate of the risk for those persons at
the upper end of the risk distribution
(U.S. EPA, 1992a). The intent of this
approach is to convey an estimate of
risk in the upper range of the
distribution, but to avoid estimates that
are beyond the true distribution. Overly
conservative assumptions, when
combined, can lead to unrealistic
estimates of risk. This means that when
constructing estimates from a series of
factors (e.g., emissions, exposure, and
unit risk estimates) not all factors
should be set to values that maximize
exposure, dose, or effect, since this will
almost always lead to an estimate that
is above the 99th-percentile confidence
level and may be of limited use to
decisionmakers. This is particularly
problematic when using unbounded
lognormal factor distributions.
While it is an appropriate aim to
assure protection of health and the
environment in the face of scientific
uncertainty, common sense, reasonable
applications of assumptions and policy,
and transparency are essential to avoid
unrealistically high estimates. It is also
important to inform risk managers of the
final distribution of risk estimates (U.S.
EPA, 2000b; 1995). Otherwise, risk
management decisions may be made on
varying levels of conservatism, leading
to misplaced risk priorities and
potentially higher overall risks. (Nichols
and Zeckhauser,1986; Zeckhauser and
Viscusi,1990).
The risk characterization presents an
integrated and balanced picture of the
analysis of the hazard, dose-response,
and exposure. The risk analyst should
provide summaries of the evidence and
results and describe the quality of
available data and the degree of
confidence to be placed in the risk
estimates. Important features include
the constraints of available data and the
state of knowledge, significant scientific
issues, and significant science and
science policy choices that were made
when alternative interpretations of data
exist (U.S. EPA, 1995, 2000b). Choices
made about using data or default
options in the assessment are explicitly
discussed in the course of analysis, and
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
if a choice is a significant issue, it is
highlighted in the summary. In
situations where there are alternative
approaches for a risk assessment that
have significant biological support, the
decisionmaker can be informed by the
presentation of these alternatives along
with their strengths and uncertainties.
5.2. Application
Risk characterization is a necessary
part of generating any Agency report on
risk, whether the report is preliminary—
to support allocation of resources
toward further study—or
comprehensive—to support regulatory
decisions. In the former case, the detail
and sophistication of the
characterization are appropriately small
in scale; in the latter case, appropriately
extensive. Even if a document covers
only parts of a risk assessment (hazard
and dose-response analyses, for
instance), the results of these are
characterized.
Risk assessment is an iterative process
that grows in depth and scope in stages
from screening for priority making to
preliminary estimation to fuller
examination in support of complex
regulatory decision making. Default
options may be used at any stage, but
they are predominant at screening stages
and are used less as more data are
gathered and incorporated at later
stages. Various provisions in EPAadministered statutes require decisions
based on differing findings for which
differing degrees of analysis are
appropriate. There are close to 30
provisions within the major statutes that
require decisions based on risk, hazard,
or exposure assessment. For example,
Agency review of pre-manufacture
notices under Section 5 of the Toxic
Substances Control Act relies on
screening analyses, whereas
requirements for industry testing under
Section 4 of that Act rely on preliminary
analyses of risk or simply of exposure.
In comparison, air quality criteria under
the Clean Air Act rest on a rich data
collection and are required by statute to
undergo periodic reassessment. There
are provisions that require ranking of
hazards of numerous pollutants—which
may be addressed through a screening
level of analysis—and other provisions
for which a full assessment of risk is
more appropriate.
Given this range in the scope and
depth of analyses, not all risk
characterizations can or should be equal
in coverage or depth. The risk assessor
should carefully decide which issues in
a particular assessment are important to
present, choosing those that are
noteworthy in their impact on results.
For example, health effect assessments
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
typically rely on animal data because
human data are rarely available. The
objective of characterization of the use
of animal data is not to recount generic
issues about interpreting and using
animal data; Agency guidance
documents cover these issues. Rather,
the objective is to highlight any
significant issues that arose within the
particular assessment being
characterized and inform the reader
about significant uncertainties that
affect conclusions.
5.3. Presentation of the Risk
Characterization Summary
The presentation is a nontechnical
discussion of important conclusions,
issues, and uncertainties that uses the
hazard, dose response, exposure, and
integrative analyses for technical
support. The primary technical supports
within the risk assessment are the
hazard characterization, dose-response
characterization, and exposure
characterization described in these
cancer guidelines. The risk
characterization is derived from these.
The presentation should fulfill the aims
outlined in the purpose section above.
5.4. Content of the Risk Characterization
Summary
Specific guidance on hazard, doseresponse, and exposure characterization
appears in previous sections. Overall,
the risk characterization routinely
includes the following, capturing the
important items covered in hazard, dose
response, and exposure
characterization:
• Primary conclusions about hazard,
dose response, and exposure, including
alternatives with significant biological
support;
• Nature of key supporting
information and analytic methods;
• Risk estimates and their attendant
uncertainties, including key uses of
default options when data are missing
or uncertain.
—With linear extrapolations, risk below
the POD is typically approximated by
multiplying the slope factor by an
estimate of exposure, i.e., Risk = Slope
Factor × Exposure. For exposure
levels above the POD, the doseresponse model is used instead of this
approximation.
—With nonlinear extrapolations, the
method of risk assessment depends on
the procedure used. If a nonlinear
dose-response function has been
determined, it can be used with the
expected exposure to estimate a risk.
If an RfD or RfC was calculated, the
hazard can be expressed as a hazard
quotient (HQ), defined as the ratio of
an exposure estimate over the
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
reference dose (RfD) or reference
concentration (RfC), i.e., HQ =
Exposure / (RfD or RfC). From the
hazard quotient, it can generally be
inferred whether the nonlinear mode
of action is relevant at the
environmental exposure level in
question;
• Statement of the extent of
extrapolation of risk estimates from
observed data to exposure levels of
interest and its implications for
certainty or uncertainty in quantifying
risk. The extent of extrapolation can be
expressed as a margin of exposure
(MOE), defined as the ratio of the POD
over an exposure estimate (MOE = POD
/ Exposure);
• Significant strengths and
limitations of the data and analyses,
including any major peer review issues;
• Appropriate comparison with
similar EPA risk analyses or common
risks with which people may be
familiar; and
• Comparison with all appropriate
assessments of the same problem by
others.
It is often difficult to know a priori
when or how different results of a
cancer risk assessment are likely to be
used by Agency economists, policy
analysts, and decisionmakers, so it is
important that the resulting
characterizations include the necessary
information for these analyses to the
extent practicable. OMB and EPA
guidelines for benefit-cost analysis
require expected or central estimates of
risk and information on the uncertainty
of the estimate when it is possible or
practicable. The extent of the
uncertainty information needed for
analysis depends, in part, on the scale
of the policy being considered, with
formal quantitative analysis of
uncertainty being required in some
cases.6 OMB Circular A–4 (OMB, 2003)
emphasizes that agencies ‘‘should try to
provide some estimate of the probability
distribution of regulatory benefits and
costs.’’ These OMB guidelines note,
‘‘Whenever it is possible to characterize
quantitatively the probability
distribution, some estimates of expected
value * * * must be provided in
addition to ranges, variances, specified
low-end and high-end percentile
estimates, and other characteristics of
the distribution.’’ The risk
characterization should therefore
6 Specifically,
OMB guidelines state: ‘‘For rules
that exceed the $1 billion annual [economic effects]
threshold, a formal quantitative analysis of
uncertainty is required. For rules with annual
benefits and/or costs in the range from 100 million
to $1 billion, you should seek to use more rigorous
approaches with higher consequence rules.’’ (OMB,
2003, page 158)
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
include, where practicable, expected or
central estimates of risk, as well as
upper and lower bounds, e.g.,
confidence limits, based on the POD, if
not a full characterization of uncertainty
of the risk. As discussed in EPA’s
Guidelines for Ensuring and Maximizing
the Quality, Objectivity, Utility, and
Integrity of Information Disseminated by
the Environmental Protection Agency
(Appendix B), statutory mandates, such
as the Safe Drinking Water Act, the
Food Quality Protection Act, and the
Clean Air Act, call for the Agency to
generate specific kinds of risk
information, and thus these updated
cancer assessment guidelines should be
read in conjunction with the Agency’s
statutory mandates regarding risk
assessment.
Appendix A: Major Default Options
This discussion covers the major
default options commonly employed
when data are missing or sufficiently
uncertain in a cancer risk assessment, as
adopted in these cancer guidelines.
These options are predominantly
inferences that help use the data
observed under empirical conditions in
order to estimate events and outcomes
under environmental conditions.
Several inferential issues arise when
effects seen in a subpopulation of
humans or animals are used to infer
potential effects in the population of
environmentally exposed humans.
Several more inferential issues arise in
extrapolating the exposure-effect
relationship observed empirically to
lower-exposure environmental
conditions. The following issues cover
the major default areas.
• Is the presence or absence of effects
observed in a human population
predictive of effects in another exposed
human population?
• Is the presence or absence of effects
observed in an animal population
predictive of effects in exposed
humans?
• How do metabolic pathways relate
across species and among different age
groups and between sexes in humans?
• How do toxicokinetic processes
relate across species and among
different age groups and between sexes
in humans?
• What is the relationship between
the observed dose-response relationship
to the relationship at lower doses?
Is the Presence or Absence of Effects
Observed in a Human Population
Predictive of Effects in Another Exposed
Human Population?
When cancer effects in exposed
humans are attributed to exposure to an
agent, the default option is that the
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17809
resulting data are predictive of cancer in
any other exposed human population.
Most studies investigating cancer
outcomes in humans from exposure to
agents are often studies of
occupationally exposed humans. By sex,
age, and general health, workers may
not be representative of the general
population exposed environmentally to
the same agents. In such studies there is
no opportunity to observe
subpopulations who are likely to be
under represented, such as fetuses,
infants and children, women, or people
in poor health, who may respond
differently from healthy workers.
Therefore, it is understood that this
option could still underestimate the
response of certain human
subpopulations (NRC, 1993b, 1994).
When cancer effects are not found in
an exposed human population, this
information by itself is not generally
sufficient to conclude that the agent
poses no carcinogenic hazard to this or
other populations of potentially exposed
humans, including susceptible
subpopulations or lifestages. This is
because epidemiologic studies often
have low power to detect and attribute
responses and typically evaluate cancer
potential in a restricted population (e.g.,
by age, healthy workers). The topic of
susceptibility and variation is addressed
further in the discussion below of
quantitative default options about doseresponse relationships. Well-conducted
studies that fail to detect a statistically
significant positive association,
however, may have value and should be
judged on their merits, including
population size, duration of the study,
the quality of the exposure
characterization and measures of
outcome, and the magnitude and
duration of the exposure.
There is not yet enough knowledge to
form a basis for any generally applicable
qualitative or quantitative inference to
compensate for the gap in knowledge
concerning other populations. In these
cancer guidelines, this problem is left to
analysis in individual cases, to be
attended to with further general
guidance as future research and
information allow. When information
on a susceptible subpopulation or
lifestage exists, it will be used. For
example, an agent such as
diethylstilbestrol (DES) causes a rare
form of vaginal cancer (clear-cell
adenocarcinoma) (Herbst et al., 1971) in
about 1 per 1000 of adult women whose
mothers were exposed during pregnancy
(Hatch et al., 1998).
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17810
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
Is the Presence or Absence of Effects
Observed in an Animal Population
Predictive of Effects in Exposed
Humans?
The default option is that positive
effects in animal cancer studies indicate
that the agent under study can have
carcinogenic potential in humans. Thus,
if no adequate human or mode of action
data are present, positive effects in
animal cancer studies are a basis for
assessing the carcinogenic hazard to
humans. This option is a public healthprotective policy, and it is both
appropriate and necessary, given that
we do not test for carcinogenicity in
humans. The option is supported by the
fact that nearly all of the agents known
to cause cancer in humans are
carcinogenic in animals in tests that
have adequate protocols (IARC, 1994;
Tomatis et al., 1989; Huff, 1994).
Moreover, almost one-third of human
carcinogens were identified subsequent
to animal testing (Huff, 1993). Further
support is provided by research on the
molecular biology of cancer processes,
which has shown that the mechanisms
of control of cell growth and
differentiation are remarkably
homologous among species and highly
conserved in evolution. Nevertheless,
the same research tools that have
enabled recognition of the nature and
commonality of cancer processes at the
molecular level also have the power to
reveal differences and instances in
which animal responses are not relevant
to humans (Lijinsky, 1993; U.S. EPA,
1991b). Under these cancer guidelines,
available mode of action information is
studied for its implications in both
hazard and dose-response assessment
and its ability to obviate default options.
There may be instances in which the
use of an animal model would identify
a hazard in animals that is not truly a
hazard in humans (e.g., the alpha-2uglobulin association with renal
neoplasia in male rats [U.S. EPA,
1991b]). The extent to which animal
studies may yield false positive
indications for humans is a matter of
scientific debate. To demonstrate that a
response in animals is not relevant to
any human situation, adequate data to
assess the relevancy issue are important.
In general, while effects seen at the
highest dose tested are assumed to be
appropriate for assessment, it is
necessary that the experimental
conditions be scrutinized. Animal
studies are conducted at high doses in
order to provide statistical power, the
highest dose being one that is minimally
toxic (maximum tolerated dose or
MTD). Consequently, the question often
arises of whether a carcinogenic effect at
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
the highest dose may be a consequence
of cell killing with compensatory cell
replication or of general physiological
disruption rather than inherent
carcinogenicity of the tested agent.
There is little doubt that this may
happen in some cases, but skepticism
exists among some scientists that it is a
pervasive problem (Ames and Gold,
1990; Melnick et al., 1993; Barrett,
1993). If adequate data demonstrate that
the effects are solely the result of
excessive toxicity rather than
carcinogenicity of the tested agent per
se, then the effects may be regarded as
not appropriate to include in assessment
of the potential for human
carcinogenicity of the agent. This is a
matter of expert judgment, with
consideration given to all of the data
available about the agent, including
effects in other toxicity studies,
structure-activity relationships, and
effects on growth control and
differentiation.
When cancer effects are not found in
well-conducted animal cancer studies in
two or more appropriate species and
other information does not support the
carcinogenic potential of the agent,
these data provide a basis for
concluding that the agent is not likely to
possess human carcinogenic potential,
in the absence of human data to the
contrary. This default option about lack
of cancer effects has limitations. It is
recognized that animal studies (and
epidemiologic studies as well) have very
low power to detect cancer effects.
Detection of a 10% tumor incidence is
generally the limit of power with
standard protocols for animal studies
(with the exception of rare tumors that
are virtually markers for a particular
agent, e.g., angiosarcoma caused by
vinyl chloride). In some situations, the
tested animal species may not be
predictive of effects in humans; for
example, arsenic shows only minimal or
no effect in animals, whereas it is
clearly positive in humans. Therefore, it
is important to consider other
information as well; absence of
mutagenic activity or absence of
carcinogenic activity among structural
analogues can increase the confidence
that negative results in animal studies
indicate a lack of human hazard.
Another limitation is that standard
animal study protocols are not yet
available for effectively studying
perinatal effects. The potential for
effects on the very young generally
should be considered separately. Under
existing Agency policy (U.S. EPA,
1997a, b), perinatal studies
accomplished by modification of
existing adult bioassay protocols are
important in special circumstances.
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Target organ concordance is not a
prerequisite for evaluating the
implications of animal study results for
humans. Target organs of carcinogenesis
for agents that cause cancer in both
animals and humans are most often
concordant at one or more sites
(Tomatis et al., 1989; Huff, 1994).
However, concordance by site is not
uniform. The mechanisms of control of
cell growth and differentiation are
concordant among species, but there are
marked differences among species in the
way control is managed in various
tissues. For example, in humans,
mutations of the tumor suppressor genes
p53 and retinoblastoma are frequently
observed genetic changes in tumors.
These tumor-suppressor genes are also
observed to be operating in some rodent
tissues, but other growth control
mechanisms predominate in other
rodent tissues. Thus, an animal
response may be due to changes in a
control that are relevant to humans but
appear in animals in a different way.
However, it is appropriate under these
cancer guidelines to consider the
influences of route of exposure,
metabolism, and, particularly, some
modes of action that may either support
or not support target organ concordance
between animals and humans. When
data allow, these influences are
considered in deciding whether agent-,
species-, or organ-specific situations are
appropriate to use in preference to this
default assumption (NRC, 1994). In
contrast, use of toxicokinetic modeling
inherently assumes site concordance, as
these models are used to estimate
delivered dose to a particular tissue or
organ in humans on the basis of the
same tissue or organ from animal data.
The default is to include benign
tumors observed in animal studies in
the assessment of animal tumor
incidence, if such tumors have the
capacity to progress to the malignancies
with which they are associated. This
default is consistent with the approach
of the National Toxicology Program and
the International Agency for Research
on Cancer and is more protective of
public health than not including benign
tumors in the assessment; benign and
malignant tumors are treated as
representative of related responses to
the test agent (McConnell et al., 1986),
which is scientifically appropriate.
Nonetheless, in assessing findings from
animal studies, a greater proportion of
malignancy is weighed more heavily
than is a response with a greater
proportion of benign tumors. Greater
frequency of malignancy of a particular
tumor type in comparison with other
tumor responses observed in an animal
study is also a factor to be considered
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
in selecting the response to be used in
dose-response assessment.
Benign tumors that are not observed
to progress to malignancy are assessed
on a case-by-case basis. There is a range
of possibilities for the overall
significance of benign tumors. They may
deserve attention because they are
serious health problems even though
they are not malignant; for instance,
benign tumors may be a health risk
because of their effect on the function of
a target tissue, such as the brain. They
may be significant indicators of the need
for further testing of an agent if they are
observed in a short-term test protocol, or
such an observation may add to the
overall weight of evidence if the same
agent causes malignancies in a longterm study. Knowledge of the mode of
action associated with a benign tumor
response may aid in the interpretation
of other tumor responses associated
with the same agent.
How Do Metabolic Pathways Relate
Across Species and Among Different
Age Groups and Between Sexes in
Humans?
The default option is that there is a
similarity of the basic pathways of
metabolism and the occurrence of
metabolites in tissues in regard to the
species-to-species extrapolation of
cancer hazard and risk. If comparative
metabolism studies were to show no
similarity between the tested species
and humans and a metabolite(s) was the
active form, there would be less support
for an inference that the animal
response(s) relates to humans. In other
cases, parameters of metabolism may
vary quantitatively between species; this
becomes a factor in deciding on an
appropriate human-equivalent dose
based on animal studies, optimally in
the context of a toxicokinetic model.
Although the basic pathways are
assumed to be the same among humans,
the presence of polymorphisms in the
general population and factors such as
the maturation of the pathways in
infants should be considered. The active
form of an agent may be present to
differing degrees, or it may be
completely absent, which may result in
greater or lesser risk for subpopulations.
How Do Toxicokinetic Processes Relate
Across Species and Among Different
Age Groups and Between Sexes in
Humans?
A major issue is how to estimate
human-equivalent doses in
extrapolating from animal studies. As a
default for oral exposure, a human
equivalent dose for adults is estimated
from data on another species by an
adjustment of animal applied oral dose
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
by a scaling factor based on body weight
to the 3⁄4 power. The same factor is used
for children because it is slightly more
protective than using children’s body
weight (see Section 3.1.3). This
adjustment factor is used because it
represents scaling of metabolic rate
across animals of different size. Because
the factor adjusts for a parameter that
can be improved on and brought into
more sophisticated toxicokinetic
modeling when such data become
available, they are usually preferable to
the default option.
For inhalation exposure, a human
equivalent dose for adults is estimated
by default methodologies that provide
estimates of lung deposition and
internal dose (U.S. EPA, 1994). The
methodologies can be refined to more
sophisticated forms with data on
toxicokinetic and metabolic parameters
of the specific agent. This default
option, like the one for oral exposure, is
selected in part because it lays a
foundation for incorporating better data.
The use of information to improve dose
estimation from applied to internal to
delivered dose is encouraged, including
use of toxicokinetic modeling instead of
any default, where data are available.
There are important differences
between infants, adults, and older
adults in the processes of absorption,
distribution, and elimination; for
example, infants tend to absorb metals
through the gut more rapidly and more
efficiently than do older children or
adults (Calabrese, 1986). Renal
elimination is also not as efficient in
infants. Although these processes reach
adult competency at about the time of
weaning, they may have important
implications, particularly when the
dose-response relationship for an agent
is considered to be nonlinear and there
is an exposure scenario
disproportionately affecting infants,
because in these cases the magnitude of
dose is more pertinent than the usual
approach in linear extrapolation of
averaging dose across a lifetime.
Efficiency of intestinal absorption in
older adults tends to be generally less
overall for most chemicals. Another
notable difference is that, post-weaning
(about 1 year), children have a higher
metabolic rate than do adults (Renwick,
1998), and they may toxify or detoxify
agents at a correspondingly higher rate.
For a route-to-route exposure
extrapolation, the default option is that
an agent that causes internal tumors by
one route of exposure will be
carcinogenic by another route if it is
absorbed by the second route to give an
internal dose. This is a qualitative
option and is considered to be publichealth protective. The rationale is that
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17811
for internal tumors an internal dose is
significant no matter what the route of
exposure. Additionally, the metabolism
of the agent will be qualitatively the
same for an internal dose. The issue of
quantitative extrapolation of the doseresponse relationship from one route to
another is addressed case by case.
Quantitative extrapolation is
complicated by considerations such as
first-pass metabolism.
What Is the Correlation of the Observed
Dose-Response Relationship to the
Relationship at Lower Doses?
If sufficient data are available, a
biologically based model for both the
observed range and extrapolation below
that range may be used. Although no
standard biologically based models are
in existence, an agent-specific model
may be developed if extensive data exist
in a particular case and the purpose of
the assessment justifies the investment
of the resources needed. The default
procedure for the observed range of data
when a biologically based model is not
used is to use a curve-fitting model for
incidence data.
In the absence of data supporting a
biologically based model for
extrapolation outside of the observed
range, the choice of approach is based
on the view of mode of action of the
agent arrived at in the hazard
assessment. If more than one approach
(e.g., both a nonlinear and linear
approach) are supported by the data,
they should be used and presented to
the decisionmaker.
A linear extrapolation approach is
used when the mode of action
information is supportive of linearity or
mode of action is not understood. The
linear approach is used when a view of
the mode of action indicates a linear
response, for example, when a
conclusion is made that an agent
directly causes alterations in DNA, a
kind of interaction that not only
theoretically requires one reaction but
also is likely to be additive to ongoing,
spontaneous gene mutation. Other kinds
of activity may have linear implications,
for example, linear rate-limiting steps
would also support a linear procedure.
The linear approach is to draw a straight
line between a point of departure from
observed data, generally as a default, an
LED chosen to be representative of the
lower end of the observed range, and the
origin (zero incremental dose, zero
incremental response). This approach is
generally considered to be public-health
protective.
The linear default is thought to
generally provide an upper-bound
calculation of potential risk at low
doses, for example, a
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17812
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
1/100,000 to 1/1,000,000 risk. This
upper bound is thought to be publichealth protective at low doses for the
range of human variation, considering
the typical Agency target range for risk
management of 1/1,000,000 to 1/10,000,
although it may not completely be so
(Bois et al., 1995) if pre-existing disease
or genetic constitution place a
percentage of the population at greater
risk from exposure to carcinogens. The
question of what may be the actual
variation in human susceptibility is one
that was discussed in general in the
NRC (1994) report, as well as the NRC
report on pesticides in children and
infants (NRC, 1993b). NRC has
recommended research on the question,
and EPA and other agencies are
conducting such research. Given the
current state of knowledge, EPA will
assume that the linear default procedure
adequately accounts for human
variation unless there is case-specific
information for a given agent or mode of
action that indicates a particularly
susceptible subpopulation or lifestage,
in which case the special information
will be used.
When adequate data on mode of
action provide sufficient evidence to
support a nonlinear mode of action for
the general population and/or any
subpopulations of concern, a different
approach—a reference dose/reference
concentration that assumes that
nonlinearity—is used. The POD is again
generally an BMDL when incidence data
are modeled. A sufficient basis to
support this nonlinear procedure is
likely to include data on responses that
are key events integral to the
carcinogenic process. This means that
the POD may be based on these
precursor response data, for example,
hormone levels or mitogenic effects
rather than tumor incidence data.
When the mode of action information
indicates that the dose-response
function may be adequately described
by both a linear and a nonlinear
approach, then the results of both the
linear and the nonlinear analyses are
presented. An assessment may use both
linear and nonlinear approaches if
different responses are thought to result
from different modes of action or a
response appears to be very different at
high and low doses due to influence of
separate modes of action. The results
may be needed for assessment of
combined risk from agents that have
common modes of action.
Absent data to the contrary, the
default assumption is that the
cumulative dose received over a
lifetime, expressed as a lifetime average
daily dose or lifetime average daily
exposure, is an appropriate measure of
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
dose or exposure. This assumes that a
high dose of such an agent received over
a shorter period of time is equivalent to
a low dose spread over a lifetime. This
is thought to be a relatively publichealth-protective option and has some
empirical support (Monro, 1992). A
counter example, i.e., effects of shortterm, high exposure levels that result in
subsequent cancer development, is
treatment of cancer patients with certain
chemotherapeutic agents. When
sufficient information is available to
support a different approach, it can be
used. For example, short-term exposure
estimates (several days to several
months) may be more appropriate than
the lifetime average daily dose. In these
cases, both agent concentration and
duration are likely to be important,
because such effects may be reversible
at cessation of very short-term
exposures.
Appendix B: EPA’s Guidance for Data
Quality Assessment
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2000d) Guidance for data quality
assessment: practical methods for data
analysis. Office of Environmental
Information, Washington, DC. EPA/600/R–
96/084. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/
quality/qs-docs/g9-final.pdf.
References
Allen, BC; Crump, KS; Shipp, AM. (1988)
Correlation between carcinogenic
potency of chemicals in animals and
humans. Risk Anal 8:531–544.
Ames, BN; Gold, LS. (1990) Too many rodent
carcinogens: mitogenesis increases
mutagenesis. Science 249:970–971.
Anderson, LM; Diwan, BA; Fear, NT; et al.
(2000) Critical windows of exposure for
children’s health: cancer in human
epidemiological studies and neoplasms
in experimental animal models. Environ
Health Perspect 108(Suppl 3):573–594.
Ashby, J; Tennant, RW. (1991) Definitive
relationships among chemical structure,
carcinogenicity and mutagenicity for 301
chemicals tested by the U.S. NTP. Mutat
Res 257:229–306.
Ashby, J; Tennant, RW. (1994) Prediction of
rodent carcinogenicity for 44 chemicals:
results. Mutagenesis 9:7–15.
Ashby, J; Doerrer, NG; Flamm, FG; et al.
(1990) A scheme for classifying
carcinogens. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol
12:270–295.
Ashby, J; Brady, A; Elcombe, CR; et al. (1994)
Mechanistically based human hazard
assessment of peroxisome proliferatorinduced hepatocarcinogenesis. Hum
Exper Toxicol 13:1–117.
Barrett, JC. (1992) Mechanisms of action of
known human carcinogens. In:
Mechanisms of carcinogenesis in risk
identification. IARC Sci Pubs No. 116,
115–134. International Agency for
Research on Cancer, Lyon, France.
Barrett, JC. (1993) Mechanisms of multistep
carcinogenesis and carcinogen risk
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
assessment. Environ Health Perspect
100:9–20.
Barrett, JC; Lee, TC. (1992) Mechanisms of
arsenic-induced gene amplification. In:
Kellems, RE, ed. Gene amplification in
mammalian cells: a comprehensive
guide. New York: Marcel Dekker.
Baylin, S; Bestor, TH. (2002) Altered
methylation patterns in cancer cell
genomes: causes or consequence? Cancer
Cell 1:299–305.
Bellamy, CO; Malcomson, RD; Harrison, DJ;
et al. (1995) Cell death in health and
disease: the biology and regulation of
apoptosis. Seminars in Cancer Biology,
Apoptosis in Oncogenesis and
Chemotherapy 6:3–16.
Biggs, PJ; Warren, W; Venitt, S; et al. (1993)
Does a genotoxic carcinogen contribute
to human breast cancer? The value of
mutational spectra in unraveling the
etiology of cancer. Mutagenesis 8:275–
283.
Birnbaum, LS; Fenton, SE. (2003) Cancer and
developmental exposure to endocrine
disruptors. Environ Health Perspect
111:389–394.
Birner, G; Albrecht, W; Neumann, HG. (1990)
Biomonitoring of aromatic amines. III:
hemoglobin binding and benzidine and
some benzidine congeners. Arch Toxicol
64(2):97–102.
Blair, A; Burg, J; Foran, J; et al. (1995)
Guidelines for application of metaanalysis in environmental epidemiology.
Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 22:189–197.
Bois, FY; Krowech, G; Zeise, L. (1995)
Modeling human interindividual
variability in metabolism and risk: the
example of 4-aminobiphenyl. Risk Anal
15:205–213.
Calabrese, EJ. (1986) Age and susceptibility
to toxic substances. New York: WinterInterscience Publication, John Wiley and
Sons, Inc.
Callemen, CJ; Ehrenberg, L; Jansson, B; et al.
(1978) Monitoring and risk assessment
by means of alkyl groups in hemoglobin
in persons occupationally exposed to
ethylene oxide. J Environ Pathol Toxicol
2:427–442.
Caporaso, N; Hayes, RB; Dosemeci, M; et al.
(1989) Lung cancer risk, occupational
exposure, and the debrisoquine
metabolic phenotype. Cancer Res
49:3675–3679.
Cavenee, WK; Koufos, A; Hansen, MF. (1986)
Recessive mutant genes predisposing to
human cancer. Mutat Res 168:3–14.
CDC (Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention). (2004) The health
consequences of smoking: a report of the
surgeon general. Dept. of Health and
Human Services, Washington, DC.
Available from: https://www.cdc.gov/
tobacco/sgr/sgr_2004/index.htm.
Chang, CC; Jone, C; Trosko, JE; et al. (1988)
Effect of cholesterol epoxides on the
inhibition of intercellular
communication and on mutation
induction in Chinese hamster V79 cells.
Mutat Res 206:471–478.
Chuang, LS; Ng, HH; Chia, JN; Li, BF. (1996)
Characterisation of independent DNA
and multiple Zn-binding domains at the
N terminus of human DNA-(cytosine-5)
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
methyltransferase: modulating the
property of a DNA-binding domain by
contiguous Zn-binding motifs. J Mol Biol
257(5):935–48.
Chen, C; Farland, W. (1991) Incorporating
cell proliferation in quantitative cancer
risk assessment: approaches, issues, and
uncertainties. In: Butterworth, B., Slaga,
T., Farland, W., et al., eds. Chemical
induced cell proliferation: implications
for risk assessment. New York: WileyLiss, pp. 481–499.
Chhabra, RE; Huff, JE; Schwetz, BS; Selkirk,
J. (1990) An overview of prechronic and
chronic toxicity/carcinogenicity
experimental study designs and criteria
used by the National Toxicology
Program. Environ. Health Perspect.
86:313–321.
Choy, WN. (1993) A review of the doseresponse induction of DNA adducts by
aflatoxin B2 and its implications to
quantitative cancer-risk assessment.
Mutat Res 296:181–198.
Clayson, DB; Mehta, R; Iverson, F. (1994)
Oxidative DNA damage—the effects of
certain genotoxic and operationally nongenotoxic carcinogens. Mutat Res
317:25–42.
Cohen, SM. (1995) Role of urinary physiology
and chemistry in bladder carcinogenesis.
Fd Chem Toxicol 33:715–30.
Cohen, SW; Ellwein, LB. (1990) Cell
proliferation in carcinogenesis. Science
249:1007–1011.
Cohen, SM; Ellwein, LB. (1991) Genetic
errors, cell proliferation and
carcinogenesis. Cancer Res 51:6493–
6505.
Cohen, SM; Purtilo, DT; Ellwein, LB. (1991)
Pivotal role of increased cell
proliferation in human carcinogenesis.
Mod Pathol 4:371–375.
Conolly, RB; Andersen, ME. (1991)
Biologically based pharmacodynamic
models: tools for toxicological research
and risk assessment. Ann Rev Pharmacol
Toxicol 31:503–523.
Contrera, JF; Matthews, EJ; Benz, RD. (2003)
Predicting the carcinogenic potential of
pharmaceuticals in rodents using
molecular structural similarity and Estate indices. Regul. Toxicol. Pharmacol.
38:243–259.
Cresteil, T. (1998) Onset of xenobiotic
metabolism in children: toxicological
implications. Food Addit Contam 15,
Supplement 45–51.
Dearfield, K. L.; Auletta, A. E.; Cimino, M. C.,
et al. (1991) Considerations in the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency’s
testing approach for mutagenicity. Mutat.
Res. 258:259–283.
D’Souza, RW; Francis, WR; Bruce, RD; et al.
(1987) Physiologically based
pharmacokinetic model for ethylene
chloride and its application in risk
assessment. In: Pharmacokinetics in risk
assessment: drinking water and health.
Vol. 8. Washington, DC: National
Academy Press.
Enterline, PE; Henderson, VL; Marsh, GM.
(1987) Exposure to arsenic. Amer J
Epidemiol 125:929–938.
Evans, JS; Gray, GM; Sielken, RL Jr; Smith,
AE; Valdez-Flores, C; Graham, JD. (1994
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
) Use of probabilistic expert judgment in
uncertainty analysis of carcinogenic
potency. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol. 2:15–
36.
Executive Order 13045 (1997) Protection of
children from environmental health risks
and safety risks, issued April 21, 1997.
Fearon, E; Vogelstein, B. (1990) A genetic
model for colorectal tumorigenesis. Cell
61:959–967.
Fenton, SE; Davis, CC. (2002) Atrazine
exposure in utero increases
dimethylbenz a anthracene-induced
mammary tumor incidence in long evans
offspring. Toxicol Sci 66(1–2):185. ‘‘The
Toxicologist, Abstracts of the 41st
Annual Meeting of the Society of
Toxicology.’’ (Abstract 903)
Fisher, RA. (1950) Statistical methods for
research workers. Edinburgh, Scotland:
Oliver and Boyd.
Florig, HK; Morgan, MG; Morgan, KM; Jenni,
KE; Fischhoff, B; Fischbeck, PS; DeKay,
ML. (2001) A deliberative method for
ranking risks (I): Overview and test bed
development. Risk Anal. 21:913–21.
Flynn, GL. (1990) Physicochemical
determinants of skin absorption. In:
Gerrity, TR, Henry, CJ, eds. Principles of
route to route extrapolation for risk
assessment. New York: Elsevier Science;
pp. 93–127.
Fos, PJ; McLin, CL. (1990) The risk of falling
in the elderly: a subjective approach.
Med Decis Making 10:195–200.
Garfinkel, L; Silverberg, E. (1991) Lung
cancer and smoking trends in the United
States over the past 25 years. Cancer
41:137–145.
Gaylor, DW; Zheng, Q. (1996) Risk
assessment of nongenotoxic carcinogens
based on cell proliferation/death rates in
rodents. Risk Anal 16(2):221–225.
Gaylor, DW; Kodell, RL; Chen, JJ; et al. (1994)
Point estimates of cancer risk at low
doses. Risk Anal 14(5):843–850.
Gibson, DP; Aardema, MJ; Kerckaert, GA; et
al. (1995) Detection of aneuploidyinducing carcinogens in the Syrian
hamster embryo (SHE) cell
transformation assay. Mutat Res 343:7–
24.
Ginsberg, GL. (2003) Assessing cancer risks
from short-term exposures in children.
Risk Anal 23(1):19–34.
Goddard, MJ; Murdoch, DJ; Krewski, D.
(1995). Temporal aspects of risk
characterization. Inhal Toxicol 7:1005–
1018.
Goldsworthy, TL; Hanigan, MH; Pitot, HC.
(1986) Models of hepatocarcinogenesis
in the rat-contrasts and comparisons.
CRC Crit Rev Toxicol 17:61–89.
Goodman, JI; Counts, JL. (1993)
Hypomethylation of DNA: A possible
nongenotoxic mechanism underlying the
role of cell proliferation in
carcinogenesis. Environ Health Perspect
101 Supp. 5:169–172.
Greenland, S. (1987) Quantitative methods in
the review of epidemiologic literature.
Epidemiol Rev 9:1–29.
Gulezian, D; Jacobson-Kram, D; McCullough,
CB; et al. (2000) Use of transgenic
animals for carcinogenicity testing:
considerations and implications for risk
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17813
assessment. Toxicol Pathol 28:482–499.
Hammand, EC. (1966) Smoking in relation to
the death rates of one million men and
women. In: Haenxzel, W, ed.
Epidemiological approaches to the study
of cancer and other chronic diseases.
National Cancer Institute Monograph No.
19. Washington, DC.
Hanahan, D; Weinberg, RA. (2000) The
hallmarks of cancer. Cell 100:57–70.
Harris, CC; Hollstein, M. (1993) Clinical
implications of the p53 tumor suppressor
gene. N Engl J Med 329:1318–1327.
Haseman, JK. (1983) Issues: a reexamination
of false-positive rates for carcinogenesis
studies. Fundam Appl Toxicol 3:334–
339.
Haseman, JK. (1984) Statistical issues in the
design, analysis and interpretation of
animal carcinogenicity studies. Environ
Health Perspect 58:385–392.
Haseman, JK. (1985) Issues in carcinogenicity
testing: dose selection. Fundam Appl
Toxicol 5:66–78.
Haseman, JK. (1990) Use of statistical
decision rules for evaluating laboratory
animal carcinogenicity studies. Fundam
Appl Toxicol 14:637–648.
Haseman, JK. (1995) Data analysis: Statistical
analysis and use of historical control
data. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 21:52–59.
Hatch, EE; Palmer, JR; Titus-Ernstoff, L;
Noller, KL et al. (1998) Cancer risk in
women exposed to diethylstilbestrol in
utero. JAMA 280:630–634.
Hattis, D. (1990) Pharmacokinetic principles
for dose-rate extrapolation of
carcinogenic risk from genetically active
agents. Risk Anal 10:303–316.
Hawkins, NC; Evans, JS. (1989) Subjective
estimation of toluene exposures: a
calibration study of industrial hygienists,
Applied Industrial Hygiene, 4:61–68.
Hawkins, NC; Graham, JD. (1988) Expert
scientific judgment and cancer risk
assessment: a pilot study of
pharmacokinetic data, Risk Anal. 8:615–
25.
Hayward, JJ; Shane, BS; Tindall, KR; et al.
(1995) Differential in vivo mutagenicity
of the carcinogen-noncarcinogen pair
2,4- and 2,6-diaminotoluene.
Carcinogenesis 10:2429–2433.
Heddle, JA; Swiger, RR. (1996) Risk
estimation from somatic mutation assays.
Mutat Res 365(1–3):107–17.
Herbst, AL, Ulfelder, H, Poskanzer, DC.
(1971) Adenocarcinoma of the vagina:
association of maternal stilbestrol
therapy with tumor appearance in young
women. N Engl J Med 284:878–881.
Hill, AB. (1965) The environment and
disease: association or causation? Proc R
Soc Med 58:295–300.
Hoel, DG; Kaplan, NL; Anderson, MW. (1983)
Implication of nonlinear kinetics on risk
estimation in carcinogenesis. Science
219:1032–1037.
Holliday, R. (1987) DNA methylation and
epigenetic defects in carcinogenesis.
Mutat Res 181:215–217.
Holladay SD, Smialowicz RJ. 2000.
Development of the murine and human
immune system: differential effects of
immunotoxicants depend on time of
exposure. Environ Health Perspect 108
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17814
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
Suppl 3:463–473.
Holsapple MP, West LJ, Landreth KS. 2003.
Species comparison of anatomical and
functional immune system development.
Birth Defects Res B Dev Reprod Toxicol
68(4):321–334.
Huff, JE. (1993) Chemicals and cancer in
humans: first evidence in experimental
animals. Environ Health Perspect
100:201–210.
Huff, JE. (1994) Chemicals causally
associated with cancers in humans and
laboratory animals. A perfect
concordance. In: Carcinogenesis.
Waalkes, MP, Ward, JM, eds., New York:
Raven Press; pp. 25–37.
Huff J, Cirvello J, Haseman J, Bucher J (1991)
Chemicals associated with site-specific
neoplasia in 1394 long-term
carcinogenesis experiments in laboratory
rodents. Environ Health Perspect
93:247–70. Erratum in: Environ Health
Perspect 1991 Nov; 95:213.
Hulka, BS; Margolin, BH. (1992)
Methodological issues in epidemiologic
studies using biological markers. Am J
Epidemiol 135:122–129.
IARC (International Agency for Research on
Cancer). (1994) IARC monographs on the
evaluation of carcinogenic risks to
humans. Vol. 60. Some industrial
chemicals. Lyon, France: IARC; pp. 13–
33.
IARC. (International Agency for Research on
Cancer) (1999) The use of short- and
medium-term tests for carcinogens and
data on genetic effects in carcinogenic
hazard evaluation. Lyon, France.
IEc (Industrial Economics, Incorporated).
2004. ‘‘An Expert Judgment Study of the
Concentration-Response Relationship
Between PM2.5 Exposure and
Mortality,’’ Available at: https://
www.epa.gov/ttn/ecas/benefits.html.
ILSI (International Life Sciences Institute).
(1992) Similarities and differences
between children and adults;
implications for risk assessment.
Washington, DC: ILSI Press.
ILSI (International Life Sciences Institute).
(1997) Principles for the selection of
doses in chronic rodent bioassays. Foran,
JA, ed. Washington, DC: ILSI Press.
ILSI (International Life Sciences Institute).
(2001) Proceedings of workshop on the
evaluation of alternative methods for
carcinogenesis testing. Toxicol Pathol
29:1–351.
IPCS (International Programme on Chemical
Safety). (1999) IPCS workshop on
developing a conceptual framework for
cancer risk assessment, February 16–18,
1999, Lyon, France. IPCS/99.6. World
Health Organization, Geneva.
Ito, N; Shirai, T; Hasegawa, R. (1992)
Medium-term bioassays for carcinogens.
In: Vainio, H, Magee, PN, McGregor, DB,
et al., eds. Mechanisms of carcinogenesis
in risk identifications. International
Agency for Research on Cancer, Lyon,
France; pp. 353–388.
Jelovsek, FR; Mattison, DR; Young, JF. (1990)
Eliciting principles of hazard
identification from experts. Teratology
42:521–533.
Jones, PA. (1986) DNA methylation and
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
cancer. Cancer Res 46:461–466.
Kehrer, JP. (1993) Free radicals as mediators
of tissue injury and disease. Crit Rev
Toxicol 23:21–48.
Kelsey, JL; Whittemore, AS; Evans, AS;
Thompson, WD. (1996) Methods in
observational epidemiology. New York:
Oxford University Press.
Kimbell, JS; Subramaniam, RP; Gross, EA;
Schlosser, PM; Morgan, KT. (2001)
Dosimetry modeling of inhaled
formaldehyde: comparisons of local flux
predictions in the rat, monkey and
human nasal passages. Toxicol Sci
64(1):100–110.
Kinzler, KW; Vogelstein, B. (2002) Colorectal
tumors. In: Vogelstein, B; Kinzler, KW,
eds. The genetic basis of human cancer.
New York: McGraw-Hill.
Kinzler, KW; Nilbert, MC; Su, L–K; et al.
(1991) Identification of FAP locus genes
from chromosome 5q21. Science
253:661–665.
Kraus, AL; Munro, IC; Orr, JC; et al. (1995)
Benzoyl peroxide: an integrated human
safety assessment for carcinogenicity.
Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 21:87–107.
Krewski, D; Van Ryzin, J. (1981) Dose
response models for quantal response
toxicity data. In: Csorgo; Dawson; Rao; et
al., eds. Statistics and related topics.
Amsterdam: North-Holland, pp. 201–
231.
Krewski, D; Murdoch, DJ; Withey, JR. (1987)
The application of pharmacokinetic data
in carcinogenic risk assessment. In:
Pharmacokinetics in risk assessment:
drinking water and health. Vol. 8.
Washington, DC: National Academy
Press; pp. 441–468.
La, DK; Swenberg, JA. (1996) DNA adducts:
biological markers of exposure and
potential applications to risk assessment.
Mutat Res 365(1–3):129–46.
Levine, AJ; Perry, ME; Chang, A; et al. (1994)
The 1993 Walter Hubert lecture: the role
of the p53 tumor-suppressor gene in
tumorigenesis. Br J Cancer 69:409–416.
Lijinsky, W. (1993) Species differences in
carcinogenesis. In Vivo 7:65–72.
Lilienfeld, AM; Lilienfeld, D. (1979)
Foundations of epidemiology, 2nd ed.
New York: Oxford University Press.
Littlefield, NA; Farmer, JH; Gaylor, DW.
(1980) ED01 study. J Environ Pathol
Toxicol 3:17.
Maltoni, C; Lefemine, G; Ciliberti, A; et al.
(1981) Carcinogenicity bioassay of vinyl
chloride monomer: a model of risk
assessment on an experimental basis.
Environ Health Perspect 41:3–29.
Maronpot, RR; Shimkin, MB; Witschi, HP; et
al. (1986) Strain A mouse pulmonary
tumor test results for chemicals
previously tested in National Cancer
Institute carcinogenicity test. J Natl
Cancer Inst 76:1101–1112.
Marsman, DS; Popp, JA. (1994) Biological
potential of basophilic hepatocellular
foci and hepatic adenoma induced by the
peroxisome proliferator, Wy-14,643.
Carcinogenesis 15:111–117.
Mausner, JS; Kramer, S. (1985) Epidemiology,
2nd ed. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders.
McConnell, EE. (1992) Comparative response
in carcinogenesis bioassay as a function
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
of age at first exposure. In: Guzelian, P;
Henry, CJ; Olin, SS, eds. Similarities and
difference between children and adults:
implications for risk assessment.
Washington, DC: ILSI Press; pp. 66–78.
McConnell, EE; Solleveld, HA; Swenberg, JA;
et al. (1986) Guidelines for combining
neoplasms for evaluation of rodent
carcinogenesis studies. J Natl Cancer Inst
76:283–289.
Meek, ME; Bucher, JR; Chohen, SM; Dellarco,
V; Hill, RN; Lehman-McKeeman, LD;
Longfellow, DG; Pastoor, T; Seed, J.; and
Patton, DE. (2003) A framework for
humand relevance analysis of
information on carcinogenic modes of
action. Crit Rev Toxicol 33:591–653.
Melnick, RL, Huff, JE, Barrett, JC, Maronpot,
RR, Lucier, G, Portier, CJ. (1993) Cell
proliferation and chemical
carcinogenesis: A symposium overview.
Mol Carcinog 7:135–138.
Miller, RW. (1995) Special susceptibility of
the child to certain radiation-induced
cancers. Environ Health Perspect
103(suppl 6):41–44.
Miller, MD; Marty, MA; Arcus, A; et al.
(2002) Differences between children and
adults: implications for risk assessment
at California EPA. Int J Toxicol 21:403–
418.
Monro, A. (1992) What is an appropriate
measure of exposure when testing drugs
for carcinogenicity in rodents? Toxicol
Appl Pharmacol 112:171–181.
Moolgavkar, SH. (1986) Carcinogenesis
Modelin: From Molecular Biology to
Epidemiology. Am Rev Public Health
7:151–169.
Moolgavkar, SH; Knudson, AG. (1981)
Mutation and cancer: a model for human
carcinogenesis. J Natl Cancer Inst
66:1037–1052.
Morgan, KM; DeKay, ML; Fischbeck, PS;
Morgan, MG; Fischhoff, B; Florig, HK.
(2001) A deliberative method for ranking
risks (II): Evaluation of validity and
agreement among risk managers. Risk
Anal. 21:923–37.
Morrison, V; Ashby, J. (1994) A preliminary
evaluation of the performance of the
mutaTM mouse (lacZ) and Big BlueTM
(lacI) transgenic mouse mutation assays.
Mutagenesis 9:367–375.
Murdoch, DJ; Krewski, D; Wargo, J. (1992)
Cancer risk assessment with intermittent
exposure. Risk Anal 12(4):569–577.
Murrell, JA; Portier, CJ; Morris, RW. (1998)
Characterizing dose-response I: critical
assessment of the benchmark dose
concept. Risk Anal 18(1):13–25.
NRC (National Research Council). (1983) Risk
assessment in the federal government:
managing the process. Committee on the
Institutional Means for Assessment of
Risks to Public Health, Commission on
Life Sciences, NRC. Washington, DC:
National Academy Press.
NRC (National Research Council). (1990)
Health effects of exposure to low levels
of ionizing radiation (BEIR V).
Washington, DC: National Academy
Press.
NRC (National Research Council). (1993a)
Issues in risk assessment. Committee on
Risk Assessment Methodology.
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
Washington, DC: National Academy
Press.
NRC (National Research Council). (1993b)
Pesticides in the diets of infants and
children. Washington, DC: National
Academy Press.
NRC (National Research Council). (1994)
Science and judgment in risk
assessment. Washington, DC: National
Academy Press.
NRC (National Research Council). (1996)
Understanding risk: informing decisions
in a democratic society. Washington, DC:
National Academy Press.
NRC (National Research Council). (2002)
Estimating the public health benefits of
proposed air pollution regulations.
Washington, DC: National Academy
Press.
NTP (National Toxicology Program). (1984)
Report of the ad hoc panel on chemical
carcinogenesis testing and evaluation of
the National Toxicology Program, Board
of Scientific Counselors. Washington,
DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.
1984–421–132:4726.
Nichols, AL; Zeckhauser, RJ. (1986). The
dangers of caution: Conservatism in the
assessment and the mismanagement of
risk. In: Smith, VK, ed., Advances in
Applied Micro-Economics: Risk,
Uncertainty, and the Valuation of
Benefits and Costs, Vol. 4, Greenwich,
Conn.: JAI Press, pp. 55–82.
North, DW ; Merkhofer, MW. (1976). A
methodology for analyzing emission
control strategies. Comput Oper Res
3:187–207.
OECD (Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development). (1981)
Guidelines for testing of chemicals.
Carcinogenicity studies. No. 451. Paris,
France.
OMB (Office of Management and Budget).
(2002) Guidelines for ensuring and
maximizing the quality, objectivity,
utility, and integrity of information
disseminated by federal agencies.
Federal Register 67(36):8451–8460.
Available from: https://www.epa.gov/oei/
qualityguidelines/fr22fe02–117.htm.
OMB (Office of Management and Budget).
(2003) Circular A–4: Regulatory
Analysis. September 17. Available from:
https://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/
circulars/a004/a-4.pdf.
OMB (Office of Management and Budget).
(2004) Revised information quality
bulletin for peer review. April 15.
Available from: https://
www.whitehouse.gov/omb/inforeg/
peer_review041404.pdf.
OSTP (Office of Science and Technology
Policy). (1985) Chemical carcinogens:
review of the science and its associated
principles. Federal Register 50:10372–
10442.
¨
Peltomaki, P; Aaltonen, LA; Sisonen, P; et al.
(1993) Genetic mapping of a locus
predisposing human colorectal cancer.
Science 260:810–812.
Peto, J. (1992) Meta-analysis of
epidemiological studies of
carcinogenesis. In: Mechanisms of
carcinogenesis in risk assessment. IARC
Sci. Pubs. No. 116, Lyon, France; pp.
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
571–577.
Peto, J; Darby, S. (1994) Radon risk
reassessed. Nature 368:97–98.
Peto, R; Gray, R; Brantom, P; et al. (1984)
Nitrosamine carcinogenesis in 5120
rodents: chronic administration of
sixteen different concentrations of
NDEA, NDMA, NPYR and NPIP in the
water of 4440 inbred rats, with parallel
studies on NDEA alone of the effect of
age of starting (3,6, or 20 weeks) and of
species (rats, mice or hamsters). IARC
Sci Publ 57:627–665.
Pinkerton, KE; Joad, J. (2000) The
mammalian respiratory system and
critical windows of exposure for
children’s health. Environ Health
Perspect 108(suppl):457–462.
Portier, C. (1987) Statistical properties of a
two-stage model of carcinogenesis.
Environ Health Perspect 76:125–131.
Putzrath, RM; Ginevan, ME (1991) Metaanalysis: Methods for combining data to
improve quantitative risk assessment.
Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 14:178–188.
Rall, DP. (1991) Carcinogens and human
health: part 2. Science 251:10–11.
Renn, O. (1999) Model for an analyticdeliberative process in risk management.
Environ Sci Technol 33:3049–3055.
Renwick, AG. (1998) Toxicokinetics in
infants and children in relation to the
ADI and TDI. Food Addit Contam 15,
Suppl 17–35.
Rice, JM. (1979) Problems and perspective in
perinatal carcinogenesis: a summary of
the conference. NCI Monogr 51:271–278.
Richard, AM. (1998a) Structure-based
methods for predicting mutagenicity and
carcinogenicity: are we there yet? Mutat
Res 400:493–507.
Richard, AM, (1998b) Commercial toxicology
prediction systems: A regulatory
perspective. Toxicol. Lett. 102–103:611–
616.
Richard, AM; Williams, CR. (2002)
Distributed structure-searchable toxicity
(DSSTox) public database network: a
proposal: Mutat. Res. 499:27–52.
Richmond, HM. (1981). A framework for
assessment of health risks associated
with national ambient air quality
standards. Environ Prof 3:225–234.
Rothman, KJ; Greenland, S. (1998) Modern
Epidemiology. Philadelphia: Lippincott
Williams and Wilkins Publishers.
Rouse, J; Jackson, SP. (2002) Interfaces
between the detection, signaling, and
repair of DNA damage. Science 297:547–
551.
Samet, JM; Schnatter, R; Gibb, H. (1998)
Invited Commentary: Epidemiology and
risk assessment. Am J Epidemiol
148:929–936.
Scheuplein, R; Charnley, G; Dourson, M.
(2002) Differential sensitivity of children
and adults to chemical toxicity. I:
biological basis. Regul Toxicol
Pharmacol 35:429–447.
SAB (Science Advisory Board). (1997) An
SAB report: guidelines for cancer risk
assessment. Washington DC: U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency,
September. EPA–SAB–EHC–97–010.
Available from: https://www.epa.gov/sab/
pdf/ehc9710.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17815
Shelby, MD; Zeiger, E. (1990) Activity of
human carcinogens in the Salmonella
and rodent bone-marrow cytogenetics
tests. Mutat Res 234:257–261.
Silberstein, GB. (2001) Tumour-stromal
interactions: role of the stroma in
mammary development. Breast Cancer
Res 3:218–223.
Slikker W, 3rd, Mei N, Chen T. 2004. Nethyl-N-nitrosourea (ENU) increased
brain mutations in prenatal and neonatal
mice but not in the adults. Toxicol Sci
81(1):112–120. Sisk, SC; Pluta, LJ; Bond,
JA; et al. (1994) Molecular analysis of
lacI mutants from bone marrow of
B6C3F1 transgenic mice following
inhalation exposure to 1,3-butadiene.
Carcinogenesis 15(3):471–477.
Snedecor, GW; Cochran, WG. (1967)
Statistical methods, 6th ed. Ames, Iowa:
Iowa State University Press.
Sonich-Mullin, C; Fielder, R; Wiltse, J;
Baetcke, K; Dempsey. K; Fenner-Crisp, P;
Grant, D; Hartley, M; Knaap, A; Kroese,
D; Mangelsdorf, I; Meek, E; Rice, JM; and
Yones, M. (2001) IPCS conceptual
framework for evaluating a mode of
action for chemical carcinogenesis. Regul
Toxicol Phamacol 34:146–152.
Spalding, JW; French, JE; Stasiewicz, S;
Furedi-Machacek, M; Conner, F; Tice,
RR; Tennant, RW. (2000) Responses of
transgenic mouse lines p53(+/¥) and
Tg.AC to agents tested in conventional
carcinogenicity bioassays. Toxicol Sci
53(2)213–223.
Stiber, NA; Pantazidou, M; Small, MJ. (1999)
Expert system methodology for
evaluating reductive dechlorination at
TCE sites. Environ Sci Technol 33:3012–
3020.
Stiteler, WH; Knauf, LA; Hertzberg, RC; et al.
(1993) A statistical test of compatibility
of data sets to a common dose-response
model. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 18:392–
402.
Subramaniam, RP; Asgharian, B; Freijer, JI;
Miller, FJ; Anjilvel, S. (2003) Analysis of
differences in particle deposition in the
human lung. Inhal Toxicol 15:1–21.
Swierenga, SHH; Yamasaki, H. (1992)
Performance of tests for cell
transformation and gap junction
intercellular communication for
detecting nongenotoxic carcinogenic
activity. In: Mechanisms of
carcinogenesis in risk identification.
IARC Sci. Pubs. No. 116, Lyon, France;
pp. 165–193.
Szklo, M; Nieto, FJ. (2000): Epidemiology
Beyond the Basics. Gaithersburg, MD:
Aspen Publishers, Inc.
Tarone, RE. (1982) The use of historical
control information in testing for a trend
in proportions. Biometrics 38:215–220.
Taylor, JH; Watson, MA; Devereux, TR; et al.
(1994) p53 mutation hotspot in radonassociated lung cancer. Lancet 343:86–
87.
Tennant, RW. (1993) Stratification of rodent
carcinogenicity bioassay results to reflect
relative human hazard. Mutat Res
286:111–118.
Tennant, RW; French, JE; Spalding, JW.
(1995) Identifying chemical carcinogens
and assessing potential risk in short-term
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
17816
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
bioassays using transgenic mouse
models. Environ Health Perspect
103:942–950.
Tennant, RW; Stasiewicz, S; Mennear, J; et al.
(1999) Genetically altered mouse models
for identifying carcinogens. In:
McGregor, DB; Rice, JM; Venitt, S, eds.
The use of short- and medium-term tests
for carcinogens and data on genetic
effects in carcinogenic hazard
evaluation. Lyon, France: International
Agency for Research on Cancer.
Tinwell, H; Ashby, J. (1991) Activity of the
human carcinogen MeCCNU in the
mouse bone marrow mironucleus test.
Environ Molec Mutagen 17:152–154.
Todd, GC. (1986) Induction of reversibility of
thyroid proliferative changes in rats
given an antithyroid compound. Vet
Pathol 23:110–117.
Tomatis, L; Aitio, A; Wilbourn, J; et al. (1989)
Human carcinogens so far identified. Jpn
J Cancer Res 80:795–807.
Tucker, JD; Preston, RJ. (1996) Chromosome
aberrations, micronuclei, aneuploidy,
sister chromatid exchanges, and cancer
risk assessment. Mutat Res 365(1–
3):147–59. Review.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1986a) Guidelines for
carcinogen risk assessment. Federal
Register 51(185):33992–34003. Available
from: https://www.epa.gov/ncea/raf/.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1986b) Guidelines for
mutagenicity risk assessment. Federal
Register 51(185):34006–34012. Available
from: https://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/
recordisplay.cfm?deid=23160.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1989) Summary of the second
workshop carcinogenesis bioassay with
the dermal route. May 18–19, 1988,
Research Triangle Park, NC. EPA/560/6–
89/003. Available from NTIS,
Springfield, VA 22161.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1991a) Guidelines for
developmental toxicity risk assessment.
Federal Register 56(234):63798–63826.
Available from: https://cfpub.epa.gov/
ncea/raf/recordisplay.cfm?deid=23162.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1991b) Alpha-2u-globulin:
association with chemically induced
renal toxicity and neoplasia in the male
rat. Risk Assessment Forum,
Washington, DC. EPA/625/3–91/019F.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1992a) Guidelines for exposure
assessment. Federal Register
57(104):22888–22938. Available from:
https://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/
recordisplay.cfm?deid=15263.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1992b) Draft report: a crossspecies scaling factor for carcinogen risk
assessment based on equivalence of mg/
kg3⁄4/day. Federal Register
57(109):24152–24173.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1994) Methods for derivation
of inhalation reference concentrations
and application of inhalation dosimetry.
Office of Health and Environmental
Assessment, Environmental Criteria and
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
Assessment Office, Research Triangle
Park, NC. EPA/600/8–90/066F.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1995) Policy for risk
characterization. Memorandum of Carol
M. Browner, Administrator, March 21,
1995, Washington, DC. Available from:
https://www.epa.gov/osp/spc/
2riskchr.htm.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1996a) Guidelines for
reproductive toxicity risk assessment.
Federal Register 61(212):56274–56322.
Available from: https://cfpub.epa.gov/
ncea/raf/recordisplay.cfm?deid=2838.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1996b) Comparison of the
effects of chemicals with combined
perinatal and adult exposure vs. Adult
only exposure in carcinogenesis studies.
Office of Pesticide Programs.
Washington, DC.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1997a) A proposed OPP policy
on determining the need for perinatal
carcinogenicity testing on a pesticide.
Office of Pesticide Programs.
Washington, DC.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1997b) A set of scientific
issues being considered by the Agency in
connection with the criteria for requiring
in-utero cancer studies. Office of
Pesticide Programs. FIFRA Scientific
Advisory Panel. September 1997 meeting
report. Available from: https://
www.epa.gov/pesticides/SAP/archive/
september/finalsep.htm.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1997c) Exposure factors
handbook. National Center for
Environmental Assessment, Washington,
DC. EPA/600/P–95/002F. Available from:
https://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/cfm/
recordisplay.cfm?deid=12464.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1997d) Policy for use of
probabilistic analysis in risk assessment.
Memorandum of Fred Hansen, Deputy
Administrator, May 15, 1997. Available
from: https://www.epa.gov/osp/spc/
probpol.htm.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1997e) Guiding principles for
Monte Carlo analysis. Risk Assessment
Forum, Washington, DC. EPA/630/R–97/
001. Available from: https://
cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/
recordisplay.cfm?deid=29596.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1998a) Assessment of thyroid
follicular cell tumors. Risk Assessment
Forum, Washington, DC. EPA/630/R–97/
002. Available from: https://
cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/
recordisplay.cfm?deid=13102.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1998b) Guidelines for
neurotoxicity risk assessment. Federal
Register 63(93):26926–26954. Available
from: https://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/
recordisplay.cfm?deid=12479.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1998c) Health effects test
guidelines: OPPTS 870.4300 combined
chronic toxicity/carcinogenicity. Office
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
of Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic
Substances, Washington, DC. EPA/712/
C–98/212. Available from: https://
www.epa.gov/opptsfrs/
OPPTS_Harmonized/
870_Health_Effects_Test_Guidelines/
Series/.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1998d) EPA’s rule writer’s
guide to Executive Order 13045.
Available from: https://yosemite.epa.gov/
ochp/ochpweb.nsf/content/
whatwe_regulate.htm.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1999a) Guidelines for
carcinogen risk assessment (review
draft). Risk Assessment Forum,
Washington, DC. NCEA–F–0644.
Available from: https://www.epa.gov/
ncea/raf/cancer.htm.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1999b) Review of revised
sections of the proposed guidelines for
carcinogen risk assessment. Science
Advisory Board, Washington, DC. EPA/
SAB/EC–99/015. Available from: https://
www.epa.gov/ncea/raf/cancer.htm.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (1999c) Cancer risk coefficients
for environmental exposure to
radionuclides: Federal guidance report
no. 13. Office of Air and Radiation. EPA/
402/R–99/001. Available from: https://
www.epa.gov/radiation/federal.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2000a) Science Policy Council
handbook: peer review. Office of
Research and Development, Office of
Science Policy, Washington, DC. EPA/
100/B–98/001. Available from: https://
www.epa.gov/osp/spc/prhandbk.pdf.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2000b) U.S. EPA. Science
Policy Council handbook: risk
characterization. EPA Science Policy
Council, Washington, DC. EPA/100/B–
00/002. Available from: https://
www.epa.gov/osp/spc/rchandbk.pdf.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2000c) Supplementary
guidance for conducting health risk
assessments of chemical mixtures. Risk
Assessment Forum, Washington, DC.
EPA/630/R–00/002. Available from:
https://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/
recordisplay.cfm?deid=20533.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2000d) Guidance for data
quality assessment: practical methods for
data analysis. Office of Environmental
Information, Washington, DC. EPA/600/
R–96/084. Available from: https://
www.epa.gov/quality/qs-docs/g9final.pdf.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2000e) EPA quality manual for
environmental programs 5360 A1.
Available from: https://www.epa.gov/
quality/qs-docs/5360.pdf.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2001a) Health effects test
guidelines. Combined chronic toxicity/
carcinogenicty testing of respirable
fibrous particles. OPPTS 870.8355.
Available from: https://www.epa.gov/
opptsfrs/home/guidelin.htm.
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2001b) Notice of opportunity
to provide additional information and
comment. FR 66:59593–59594. Available
from: https://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/
recordisplay.cfm?deid=55868.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2002a) Guidelines for ensuring
and maximizing the quality, objectivity,
utility and integrity for information
disseminated by the Environmental
Protection Agency. Office of
Environmental Information, Washington,
DC. EPA/260/R–02/008. Available from:
https://www.epa.gov/oei/
qualityguidelines/.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2002b) A review of the
reference dose and reference
concentration process. Risk Assessment
Forum, Washington, DC. EPA/630/P–02/
002F. Available from: https://
cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/
recordisplay.cfm?deid=55365.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2002c) Workshop on the
benefits of reductions in exposure to
hazardous air pollutants: developing best
estimates of dose-response functions.
Science Advisory Board, Washington,
DC. EPA/SAB–EC/WKSHP/02/001.
Available from: https://www.epa.gov/
science1/fiscal02.htm.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2002d) Child-specific exposure
factors handbook (interim report). EPA/
600/P–00/002B. Office of Research and
Development, National Center for
Environmental Assessment, Washington,
DC, 448 pp. Available from: https://
cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/cfm/
recordisplay.cfm?deid=55145.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2003) A summary of general
assessment factors for evaluating the
quality of scientific and technical
information. Science Policy Council,
Washington, DC. EPA 100/B–03/001.
Available from: https://www.epa.gov/osa/
spc/htm/assess2.pdf.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2004). Final Regulatory
Analysis: Control of Emissions from
Nonroad Diesel Engines. Prepared by
U.S. EPA, Office of Transportation and
Air Quality, Washington, DC, May; EPA
report no. EPA420–R–04–007. See
chapter 9 and Appendix B. Available
from: https://www.epa.gov/nonroaddiesel/2004fr.htm#ria.
U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency). (2005) Supplemental guidance
for assessing cancer susceptibility from
early-life exposure to carcinogens. Risk
Assessment Forum, Washington, DC.
Available from: https://www.epa.gov/
ncea/raf.
Vainio, H; Magee, P; McGregor, D; et al.
(1992) Mechanisms of carcinogenesis in
risk identification. IARC Sci. Pubs. No.
116. Lyon, France: IARC.
Van Der Fels-Klerx, IHJ; Goossens, LHJ;
Saatkamp, HW; Horst, SHS. (2002)
Elicitation of quantitative data from a
heterogeneous expert panel: formal
process and application in animal
VerDate jul<14>2003
15:25 Apr 06, 2005
Jkt 205001
health. Risk Anal.22:67–81.
Van Sittert, NJ; De Jong, G; Clare, MG; et al.
(1985) Cytogenetic, immunological, and
hematological effects in workers in an
ethylene oxide manufacturing plant. Br J
Indust Med 42:19–26.
Vater, ST; McGinnis, PM; Schoeny, RS; et al.
(1993) Biological considerations for
combining carcinogenicity data for
quantitative risk assessment. Regul.
Toxicol Pharmacol 18:403–418.
Vesselinovitch, SD; Rao, KVN; Mihailovich,
N. (1979) Neoplastic response of mouse
tissues during perinatal age periods and
its significance in chemical
carcinogenesis. NCI Monogr 51:239.
Vogelstein, B; Fearon, ER; Hamilton, SR; et
al. (1988) Genetic alterations during
colorectal-tumor development. N Eng J
Med 319:525–532.
Walker, KD; MacIntosh, D; Evans, JS. (2001)
Use of expert judgment in exposure
assessment. Part I. Characterization of
personal exposure to benzene. J
Exposure Environ Epidemiol 11:308–
322.
Walker, KD; Catalano, P; Hammitt, JK; Evans,
JS. (2003) Use of expert judgment in
exposure assessment: part 2. Calibration
of expert judgments about personal
exposures to benzene. J Expo Anal
Environ Epidemiol. 13:1–16.
Waters, MD; Stack, H; F. Jackson, MA. (1999)
Short-term tests for defining mutagenic
carcinogens. In: McGregor, DB; Rice, JM;
Venitt, S, eds. The use of short term tests
for carcinogens and data on genetic
effects in carcinogenic hazard
evaluation. Lyon, France: International
Agency for Research on Cancer. IARC
Sci. Publ. No. 146, pp.499–536.
Whitfield, RG; Wallsten, TS. (1989). A risk
assessment for selected lead-induced
health effects: an example of a general
methodology. Risk Anal. 9:197–208.
Whysner, J; Williams, GM. (1996) Saccharin
mechanistic data and risk assessment:
urine composition, enhanced cell
proliferation, and tumor promotion.
Pharmacol Ther 71:225:252.
Willis, HH; DeKay, ML; Morgan, MG; Florig,
HK; Fischbeck, PS. (2004) Ecological risk
ranking: development and evaluation of
a method for improving public
participation in environmental decision
making, Risk Anal. 24:363–78.
Winkler, RL; Wallsten, TS; Whitfield, RG;
Richmond, HM; Rosenbaum, AS. (1995).
An assessment of the risk of chronic lung
injury attributable to long-term ozone
exposure. Operations Research 43:19–28.
Woo, YT; Arcos, JC. (1989) Role of structureactivity relationship analysis in
evaluation of pesticides for potential
carcinogenicity. In: Ragsdale, NN;
Menzer, RE, eds. Carcinogenicity and
pesticides: principles, issues, and
relationship. ACS Symposium Series No.
414. San Diego: Academic Press; pp.
175–200.
Yamasaki, H. (1995) Non-genotoxic
mechanisms of carcinogenesis: Studies
of cell transformation and gap junctional
intercellular communication. Toxicol
Lett 77:55–61.
Zeckhauser, RJ; Viscusi, WK. (1990). Risk
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
17817
Within Reason, Science 248:559–564.
[FR Doc. 05–6642 Filed 4–6–05; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560–50–C
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY
[FRL–7895–1]
Notice of Availability of the Document
Entitled Supplemental Guidance for
Assessing Susceptibility From EarlyLife Exposure to Carcinogens
U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Notice of availability of final
document.
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: This Notice announces the
availability of the final document
entitled Supplemental Guidance for
Assessing Susceptibility from Early-Life
Exposure to Carcinogens, hereafter
referred to as Supplemental Guidance.
DATES: The Supplemental Guidance is
available for use by EPA risk assessors
as of March 29, 2005.
ADDRESSES: The Supplemental
Guidance document is available
electronically through the EPA Web site
at https://www.epa.gov/cancerguidelines.
A limited number of paper and CDROM
copies will be available from the EPA’s
National Service Center for
Environmental Publications (NSCEP),
P.O. Box 42419, Cincinnati, OH 45242;
telephone: (800) 490–9198 or (513) 489–
8190; facsimile: (513) 489–8695. Please
provide your name, mailing address, the
title and the EPA number of the
requested publication (EPA/630/R–03/
003F). Additionally, copies of the
Supplemental Guidance will be
available for inspection at EPA
headquarters and regional libraries,
through the U.S. Government
Depository Library program.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Dr.
William P. Wood, Risk Assessment
Forum, National Center for
Environmental Assessment (8601D),
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW.,
Washington, DC 20460; telephone: (202)
564–3361; facsimile: (202) 565–0062; or
e-mail: risk.forum@epa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
In another notice in today’s Federal
Register, EPA has announced the
availability of final Guidelines for
Carcinogen Risk Assessment (EPA/630/
P–03/001F), hereafter referred to as the
Guidelines. The background and scope
of the Guidelines are explained in that
notice. The Guidelines explicitly call for
E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM
07APN2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 70, Number 66 (Thursday, April 7, 2005)]
[Notices]
[Pages 17766-17817]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 05-6642]
[[Page 17765]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Environmental Protection Agency
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Notice of Availability; Documents Entitled Guidelines for Carcinogen
Risk Assessment and Supplemental Guidance for Assessing Susceptibility
From Early-Life Exposure to Carcinogens; Notices
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 /
Notices
[[Page 17766]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
[FRL-7895-2]
Notice of Availability of the Document Entitled Guidelines for
Carcinogen Risk Assessment
AGENCY: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Notice of availability of final document.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This Notice announces the availability of the final document,
Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment (EPA/630/P-03/001F),
hereafter referred to as the Guidelines. These Guidelines were
developed as part of an Agency-wide guidelines development program by a
Technical Panel of the U.S. EPA's Risk Assessment Forum, which was
composed of scientists from throughout the Agency. Selected drafts were
peer reviewed internally by the U.S. EPA's Science Advisory Board, and
by experts from universities, environmental groups, industry and other
governmental agencies. The Guidelines were also subjected to several
public comment periods. Issuance of these final Guidelines fulfills
EPA's obligations under section 112(o) (7) of the Clean Air Act.
DATES: The Guidelines are available for use by EPA risk assessors as
March 29, 2005.
ADDRESSES: This Notice contains the full Guidelines document. The
Guidelines also are available electronically through the EPA Web site
at https://www.epa.gov/cancerguidelines. A limited number of paper and
CDROM copies will be available from the EPA's National Service Center
for Environmental Publications (NSCEP), P.O. Box 42419, Cincinnati, OH
45242; telephone: (800) 490-9198 or (513) 489-8190; facsimile: (513)
489-8695. Please provide your name, mailing address and the title and
number of the requested EPA publication (EPA/630/P-03-001F).
Additionally, copies of the Guidelines will be available for inspection
at EPA headquarters and regional libraries, through the U.S. Government
Depository Library program.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Dr. William P. Wood, Risk Assessment
Forum, National Center for Environmental Assessment (8601D), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Washington DC 20460, telephone: (202)
564-3361; facsimile: (202) 565-0062; or e-mail:
risk.forum@epamail.epa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: In the 1983 Risk Assessment in the Federal
Government: Managing the Process, the National Academy of Sciences
recommended that Federal regulatory agencies establish ``inference
guidelines'' to promote consistency and technical quality in risk
assessment, and to ensure that the risk assessment process is
maintained as a scientific effort separate from risk management. A task
force within EPA accepted that recommendation and requested that EPA
scientists begin to develop such guidelines. In 1984, EPA scientists
began work on risk assessment guidelines for carcinogenicity,
mutagenicity, suspect developmental toxicants, chemical mixtures and
exposure assessment. Following extensive scientific and public review,
these five guidelines were issued on September 24, 1986 (51 FR 33992-
34054). Since 1986, additional risk assessment guidelines have been
developed, revised and supplemented.
EPA continues to revisit the guidelines as experience and
scientific consensus evolve. In 1996, the Agency published proposed
revisions to EPA's 1986 cancer guidelines for public comment. Since the
1996 proposal, the document has undergone extensive public comment and
scientific peer review, including three reviews by EPA's Science
Advisory Board (SAB) in February 1997, January 1999 and July 1999. The
July 1999 review panel was supplemented by the EPA Children's Health
Protection Advisory Committee. Public comments were received concurrent
to each of these reviews. In 2001 (66 FR 59593, November 29, 2001) an
additional public comment period was held requesting new information
gained through the use of the July 1999 draft final revised guidelines
on issues including, but not limited to, the nature and use of default
assumptions; definition and application of hazard descriptors;
identification of carcinogenic mode(s) of action and, in particular,
consideration of relevancy for children (e.g., the potential for
differential life stage susceptibility); and guidance on the use of the
margin of exposure analysis. The notice also announced that the July
1999 draft final revised guidelines would serve as EPA's interim
guidance to EPA risk assessors preparing cancer risk assessment, until
the issuance of final guidelines. In May 2003 EPA made available for
public comment a revised draft of the guidelines, and in February 2005
the guidelines underwent interagency review. The final Guidelines
issued today are based, in part, upon the recommendations derived from
public comments, workshops and recommendations of the SAB.
CAA section 112(o)(7) provides ``[t]he Administrator shall
consider, but need not adopt, the recommendations contained in the
report of the National Academy of Sciences prepared pursuant to this
subsection and the views of the Science Advisory Board, with respect to
such report. Prior to the promulgation of any standard under [CAA
section 112(f)], and after notice and opportunity for comment, the
Administrator shall publish revised Guidelines for Carcinogenic Risk
Assessment or a detailed explanation of the reasons that any
recommendations contained in the report of the National Academy of
Sciences will not be implemented.''
In response to CAA section 112(o)(7), the 1994 National Research
Council (NRC) report, and continuing developments in the science of
cancer risk assessment, EPA began the process of revising its
Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment. Revisions to the Guidelines
were intended to make greater use of the increasing scientific
understanding of the mechanisms that underlie the carcinogenic process.
Several drafts of revisions to the Guidelines have been subject to
extensive public comment and scientific peer review, including three
reviews by EPA's SAB, as discussed above. EPA considered the 1994
recommendations of the NRC on the Guidelines. EPA's approach to those
NRC recommendations is reflected in the Guidelines. Draft EPA responses
to the NRC recommendations were presented in the preamble to the 1996
draft of these revised Guidelines (61 FR 18003, April 23, 1996). By
issuing the final Guidelines which address the recommendations of the
NRC, EPA has fulfilled its responsibilities under CAA section
112(o)(7).
Features of the Guidelines
The Guidelines are intended to make greater use of the increasing
scientific understanding of the mechanisms that underlie the
carcinogenic process. The final guidelines include discussions of all
of the four steps of the risk assessment process and provide guidance
to risk assessors on these steps. In applying these principles to the
development of these Guidelines, the following key issues were
highlighted: use of default options, the consideration of mode of
action, understanding of biological changes, fuller characterization of
carcinogenic potential, and consideration of differences in
susceptibility.
Use of default options--Default options are approaches that EPA can
[[Page 17767]]
apply in risk assessments when scientific information about the effects
of an agent on human health is unavailable, limited, or of insufficient
quality. Under the final Guidelines, EPA's approach begins with a
critical analysis of available information, and then invokes defaults
if needed to address uncertainty or the absence of critical
information.
Consideration of mode of action--Cancer refers to a group of
diseases involving abnormal, malignant tissue growth. Research has
revealed that the development of cancer involves a complex series of
steps and that carcinogens may operate in a number of different ways.
The final Guidelines emphasize the value of understanding the
biological changes and how these changes might lead to the development
of cancer. They also discuss ways to evaluate and use such information,
including information about an agent's postulated mode of action, or
the series of steps and processes that lead to cancer formation. Mode-
of-action data, when available and of sufficient quality, may be used
to draw conclusions about the potency of a chemical, its potential
effects at low doses, whether findings in animals are relevant to
humans, and which populations or lifestages may be particularly
susceptible.
Fuller characterization of carcinogenic potential--In the final
Guidelines, an agent's human carcinogenic potential is described in a
weight-of-evidence narrative. The narrative summarizes the full range
of available evidence and describes any conditions associated with
conclusions about an agent's hazard potential. For example, the
narrative may explain that a chemical appears to be carcinogenic by
some routes of exposure but not by others (e.g., by inhalation but not
ingestion). Similarly, a hazard may be attributed to exposures during
sensitive life-stages of development but not at other times. The
narrative also summarizes uncertainties and key default options that
have been invoked. To provide additional clarity and consistency in
weight-of-evidence narratives, the Guidelines present a set of weight-
of-evidence descriptors that accompany the narratives. The Guidelines
emphasize that risk managers should consider the full range of
information in the narratives and not focus exclusively on the
descriptors. As in the case of the narratives, descriptors may apply
only to certain routes of exposure, dose ranges and durations of
exposure.
Consideration of differences in susceptibility--The Guidelines
explicitly recognize that variation may exist among people in their
susceptibility to carcinogens. Some subpopulations may experience
increased susceptibility to carcinogens throughout their life, such as
people who have inherited predisposition to certain cancer types or
reduced capacity to repair genetic damage. Also, during certain
lifestages the entire population may experience heightened
susceptibility to carcinogens. In particular, EPA notes that childhood
may be a lifestage of greater susceptibility for a number of reasons:
rapid growth and development that occurs prenatally and after birth,
differences related to an immature metabolic system, and differences in
diet and behavior patterns that may increase exposure.
The final Guidelines explicitly call for consideration of possible
sensitive subpopulations and/or lifestages (such as childhood).
Therefore, concurrent with release of the final Guidelines, EPA
published a separate guidance, entitled Supplemental Guidance for
Assessing Susceptibility from Early-Life Exposure to Carcinogens (EPA/
630/R-03/003F), hereafter referred to as the Supplemental Guidance,
describing possible approaches that could be used to assess risks
resulting from early life exposure to potential carcinogens. The
Supplemental Guidance is separate from the Guidelines so that it may be
more easily updated in a timely manner given the expected rapid
evolution of scientific understanding about the effects of early-life
exposures. Availability of the Supplemental Guidance is announced in a
separate notice, also published in today's Federal Register.
Risk Assessment Guidelines at EPA
These Guidelines set forth principles and procedures to guide EPA
scientists in the conduct of cancer risk assessments and to inform
Agency decision makers and the public about these procedures. Policies
in this document are intended as internal guidance for EPA. So risk
assessors and risk managers at EPA are the primary audience. These
Guidelines also provide basic information to the public about EPA's
risk assessment methods. In particular, the Guidelines emphasize that
risk assessments should be conducted on a case-by-case basis, giving
full consideration to all relevant scientific information. This
approach means that Agency experts study scientific information on each
agent under review and use the most scientifically appropriate
interpretation to assess risk. The Guidelines also stress that this
information be fully presented in Agency risk assessment documents, and
that Agency scientists identify the strengths and weaknesses of each
assessment by describing uncertainties, assumptions and limitations, as
well as the scientific basis and rationale for each assessment. The
Guidelines are formulated in part to bridge gaps in risk assessment
methodology and data. By identifying these gaps and the importance of
the missing information to the risk assessment process, EPA wishes to
encourage research and analysis that will lead to new risk assessment
methods and data.
The Guidelines are guidance only. They do not establish any
substantive ``rules'' under the Administrative Procedure Act or any
other law and have no binding effect on EPA or any regulated entity,
but instead will represent a non-binding statement of policy. EPA
believes that the Guidelines represent a sound and up-to-date approach
to cancer risk assessment and enhance the application of the best
available science in EPA's risk assessments. However, EPA cancer risk
assessments may be conducted differently than envisioned in the
Guidelines for many reasons, including (but not limited to) new
information, new scientific understanding or new science policy
judgment. The science of risk assessment continues to develop rapidly,
and specific components of the Guidelines may become outdated or may
otherwise require modification in individual settings. Use of the
Guidelines in future risk assessments will be based on decisions by EPA
that approaches from the Guidelines are suitable and appropriate in the
context of those particular risk assessments. These judgments will be
tested through peer review, and risk assessments will be modified to
use different approaches if appropriate.
Even though the Guidelines are not binding rules, EPA is issuing
them in a manner consistent with the procedures in the Administrative
Procedure Act that are generally applicable to rulemaking, including
providing opportunity for public comment. EPA considered and responded
to all significant public comments as it prepared the Guidelines and
will send a copy of the final Guidelines to Congress. EPA certifies
that the Guidelines will not have a significant impact on a substantial
number of small entities, because the Guidelines are for the benefit of
EPA and impose no requirements or costs on small entities.
Implementation
Beginning today, Guidelines and Supplemental Guidance serve as
EPA's
[[Page 17768]]
recommendation to Agency risk assessors preparing cancer risk
assessments. As EPA prepares cancer assessments under the Integrated
Risk Information System (IRIS) program, as well as in other EPA
programs, the Agency intends to begin to use the Guidelines and
Supplemental Guidance. EPA also intends to consider the Guidelines and
Supplemental Guidance along with other selection factors when EPA
selects agents for reassessment in annual IRIS agendas (see for
example, 70 FR 10616, March 4, 2005).
Dated: March 29, 2005.
Stephen L. Johnson,
Acting Administrator.
Contents
1. Introduction
1.1. Purpose and Scope of the Guidelines
1.2. Organization and Application of the Guidelines
1.2.1. Organization
1.2.2. Application
1.3. Key Features of the Cancer Guidelines
1.3.1. Critical Analysis of Available Information as the
Starting Point for Evaluation
1.3.2. Mode of Action
1.3.3. Weight of Evidence Narrative
1.3.4. Dose-response Assessment
1.3.5. Susceptible Populations and Lifestages
1.3.6. Evaluating Risks from Childhood Exposures
1.3.7. Emphasis on Characterization
2. Hazard Assessment
2.1. Overview of Hazard Assessment and Characterization
2.1.1. Analyses of Data
2.1.2. Presentation of Results
2.2. Analysis of Tumor Data
2.2.1. Human Data
2.2.1.1. Assessment of Evidence of Carcinogenicity From Human
Data
2.2.1.2. Types of Studies
2.2.1.3. Exposure Issues
2.2.1.4. Biological Markers
2.2.1.5. Confounding Actors
2.2.1.6. Statistical Considerations
2.2.1.6.1. Likelihood of Observing an Effect
2.2.1.6.2. Sampling and Other Bias Issues
2.2.1.6.3. Combining Statistical Evidence Across Studies
2.2.1.7. Evidence for Causality
2.2.2. Animal Data
2.2.2.1. Long-term Carcinogenicity Studies
2.2.2.1.1. Dosing Issues
2.2.2.1.2. Statistical Considerations
2.2.2.1.3. Concurrent and Historical Controls
2.2.2.1.4. Assessment of Evidence of Carcinogenicity From Long-
term Animal Studies
2.2.2.1.5. Site Concordance
2.2.2.2. Perinatal Carcinogenicity Studies
2.2.2.3. Other Studies
2.2.3. Structural Analogue Data
2.3. Analysis of Other Key Data
2.3.1. Physicochemical Properties
2.3.2. Structure-Activity Relationships
2.3.3. Comparative Metabolism and Toxicokinetics
2.3.4. Toxicological and Clinical Findings
2.3.5. Events Relevant to Mode of Carcinogenic Action
2.3.5.1. Direct DNA-Reactive Effects
2.3.5.2. Indirect DNA Effects or Other Effects on Genes/Gene
Expression
2.3.5.3. Precursor Events and Biomarker Information
2.3.5.4. Judging Data
2.4. Mode of Action--General Considerations and Framework for
Analysis
2.4.1. General Considerations
2.4.2. Evaluating a Hypothesized Mode of Action
2.4.2.1. Peer Review
2.4.2.2. Use of the Framework
2.4.3. Framework for Evaluating Each Hypothesized Carcinogenic
Mode of Action
2.4.3.1. Description of the Hypothesized Mode of Action
2.4.3.2. Discussion of the Experimental Support for the
Hypothesized Mode of Action
2.4.3.3. Consideration of the Possibility of Other Modes of
Action
2.4.3.4. Conclusions About the Hypothesized Mode of Action
2.4.4. Evolution with Experience
2.5. Weight of Evidence Narrative
2.6. Hazard Characterization
3. Dose-Response Assessment
3.1. Analysis of Dose
3.1.1. Standardizing Different Experimental Dosing Regimens
3.1.2. Toxicokinetic Data and Modeling
3.1.3. Cross-species Scaling Procedures
3.1.3.1. Oral Exposures
3.1.3.2. Inhalation Exposures
3.1.4. Route Extrapolation
3.2. Analysis in the Range of Observation
3.2.1. Epidemiologic Studies
3.2.2. Toxicodynamic (``Biologically Based'') Modeling
3.2.3. Empirical Modeling (``Curve Fitting'')
3.2.4. Point of Departure (POD)
3.2.5. Characterizing the POD: The POD Narrative
3.2.6. Relative Potency Factors
3.3. Extrapolation to Lower Doses
3.3.1. Choosing an Extrapolation Approach
3.3.2. Extrapolation Using a Toxicodynamic Model
3.3.3. Extrapolation Using a Low-dose Linear Model
3.3.4. Nonlinear Extrapolation to Lower Doses
3.3.5. Comparing and Combining Multiple Extrapolations
3.4. Extrapolation to Different Human Exposure Scenarios
3.5. Extrapolation to Susceptible Populations and Lifestages
3.6. Uncertainty
3.7. Dose-Response Characterization
4. Exposure Assessment
4.1. Defining the Assessment Questions
4.2. Selecting or Developing the Conceptual and Mathematical
Models
4.3. Collecting Data or Selecting and Evaluating Available Data
4.3.1. Adjusting Unit Risks for Highly Exposed Populations and
Lifestages
4.4. Exposure Characterization
5. Risk Characterization
5.1. Purpose
5.2. Application
5.3. Presentation of the Risk Characterization Summary
5.4. Content of the Risk Characterization Summary
Appendix: Major Default Options
Appendix B: EPA's Guidance for Data Quality Assessment
References
List of Figures
Figure 1-1. Flow chart for early-life risk assessment using mode of
action framework
Figure 3-1. Compatibility of Alternative Points of Departure with
Observed and Modeled Tumor Incidences
Figure 3-2. Crossing between 10% and 1% Dose-Response Curves for
Bladder Carcinomas and Liver Carcinomas Induced by 2-AAF
1. Introduction
1.1. Purpose and Scope of the Guidelines
These guidelines revise and replace the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency's (EPA's, or the Agency's) Guidelines for Carcinogen
Risk Assessment, published in 51 FR 33992, September 24, 1986 (U.S.
EPA, 1986a) and the 1999 interim final guidelines (U.S. EPA, 1999a; see
U.S. EPA 2001b). They provide EPA staff with guidance for developing
and using risk assessments. They also provide basic information to the
public about the Agency's risk assessment methods.
These cancer guidelines are used with other risk assessment
guidelines, such as the Guidelines for Mutagenicity Risk Assessment
(U.S. EPA, 1986b) and the Guidelines for Exposure Assessment (U.S. EPA,
1992a). Consideration of other Agency guidance documents is also
important in assessing cancer risks where procedures for evaluating
specific target organ effects have been developed (e.g., assessment of
thyroid follicular cell tumors, U.S. EPA, 1998a). All of EPA's
guidelines should be consulted when conducting a risk assessment in
order to ensure that information from studies on carcinogenesis and
other health effects are considered together in the overall
characterization of risk. This is particularly true in the case in
which a precursor effect for a tumor is also a precursor or endpoint of
other health effects or when there is a concern for a particular
susceptible life-stage for which the Agency has developed guidance, for
example, Guidelines for Developmental Toxicity Risk Assessment (U.S.
EPA, 1991a). The developmental guidelines discuss hazards to children
that may result from exposures during preconception and prenatal or
postnatal development to
[[Page 17769]]
sexual maturity. Similar guidelines exist for reproductive toxicant
risk assessments (U.S. EPA, 1996a) and for neurotoxicity risk
assessment (U.S. EPA, 1998b). The overall characterization of risk is
conducted within the context of broader policies and guidance such as
Executive Order 13045, ``Protection of Children From Environmental
Health Risks and Safety Risks'' (Executive Order 13045, 1997) which is
the primary directive to Federal agencies and departments to identify
and assess environmental health risks and safety risks that may
disproportionately affect children.
The cancer guidelines encourage both consistency in the procedures
that support scientific components of Agency decision making and
flexibility to allow incorporation of innovations and contemporaneous
scientific concepts. In balancing these goals, the Agency relies on
established scientific peer review processes (U.S. EPA, 2000a; OMB
2004). The cancer guidelines incorporate basic principles and science
policies based on evaluation of the currently available information.
The Agency intends to revise these cancer guidelines when substantial
changes are necessary. As more information about carcinogenesis
develops, the need may arise to make appropriate changes in risk
assessment guidance. In the interim, the Agency intends to issue
special reports, after appropriate peer review, to supplement and
update guidance on single topics (e.g., U.S. EPA, 1991b). One such
guidance document, Supplemental Guidance for Assessing Susceptibility
from Early-Life Exposure to Carcinogens (``Supplemental Guidance''),
was developed in conjunction with these cancer guidelines (U.S. EPA.,
2005). Because both the methodology and the data in the Supplemental
Guidance (see Section 1.3.6) are expected to evolve more rapidly than
the issues addressed in these cancer guidelines, the two were developed
as separate documents. The Supplemental Guidance, however, as well as
any other relevant (including subsequent) guidance documents, should be
considered along with these cancer guidelines as risk assessments for
carcinogens are generated. The use of supplemental guidance, such as
the Supplemental Guidance for Assessing Cancer Susceptibility from
Early-life Exposure to Carcinogens, has the advantage of allowing the
Supplemental Guidance to be modified as more data become available.
Thus, the consideration of new, peer-reviewed scientific understanding
and data in an assessment can always be consistent with the purposes of
these cancer guidelines.
These cancer guidelines are intended as guidance only. They do not
establish any substantive ``rules'' under the Administrative Procedure
Act or any other law and have no binding effect on EPA or any regulated
entity, but instead represent a non-binding statement of policy. EPA
believes that the cancer guidelines represent a sound and up-to-date
approach to cancer risk assessment, and the cancer guidelines enhance
the application of the best available science in EPA's risk
assessments. However, EPA cancer risk assessments may be conducted
differently than envisioned in the cancer guidelines for many reasons,
including (but not limited to) new information, new scientific
understanding, or new science policy judgment. The science of risk
assessment continues to develop rapidly, and specific components of the
cancer guidelines may become outdated or may otherwise require
modification in individual settings. Use of the cancer guidelines in
future risk assessments will be based on decisions by EPA that the
approaches are suitable and appropriate in the context of those
particular risk assessments. These judgments will be tested through
peer review, and risk assessments will be modified to use different
approaches if appropriate.
1.2. Organization and Application of the Cancer Guidelines
1.2.1. Organization
Publications by the Office of Science and Technology (OSTP, 1985)
and the National Research Council (NRC) (NRC, 1983, 1994) provide
information and general principles about risk assessment. Risk
assessment uses available scientific information on the properties of
an agent \1\ and its effects in biological systems to provide an
evaluation of the potential for harm as a consequence of environmental
exposure. The 1983 and 1994 NRC documents organize risk assessment
information into four areas: Hazard identification, dose-response
assessment, exposure assessment, and risk characterization. This
structure appears in these cancer guidelines, with additional emphasis
placed on characterization of evidence and conclusions in each area of
the assessment. In particular, the cancer guidelines adopt the approach
of the NRC's 1994 report in adding a dimension of characterization to
the hazard identification step: an evaluation of the conditions under
which its expression is anticipated. Risk assessment questions
addressed in these cancer guidelines are as follows.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The term ``agent'' refers generally to any chemical
substance, mixture, or physical or biological entity being assessed,
unless otherwise noted (See Section 1.2.2 for a note on radiation.).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For hazard--Can the identified agent present a
carcinogenic hazard to humans and, if so, under what circumstances?
For dose response--At what levels of exposure might
effects occur?
For exposure--What are the conditions of human exposure?
For risk--What is the character of the risk? How well do
data support conclusions about the nature and extent of the risk from
various exposures?
The risk characterization process first summarizes findings on
hazard, dose response, and exposure characterizations and then develops
an integrative analysis of the whole risk case. It ends in the writing
of a technical risk characterization. Other documents, such as
summaries for the risk managers and the public, reflecting the key
points of the risk characterization are usually written. A summary for
managers is a presentation for those who may or may not be familiar
with the scientific details of cancer assessment. It also provides
information for other interested readers. The initial steps in the risk
characterization process are to make building blocks in the form of
characterizations of the assessments of hazard, dose response, and
exposure. The individual assessments and characterizations are then
integrated to arrive at risk estimates for exposure scenarios of
interest. As part of the characterization process, explicit evaluations
are made of the hazard and risk potential for susceptible lifestages,
including children (U.S. EPA, 1995, 2000b).
The 1994 NRC document also explicitly called attention to the role
of the risk assessment process in identifying scientific uncertainties
that, if addressed, could serve to reduce their uncertainty in future
iterations of the risk assessment. NRC recommended that when the Agency
``reports estimates of risk to decisions-makers and the public, it
should present not only point estimates of risk, but also the sources
and magnitudes of uncertainty associated with these estimates'' (p.
15). Thus, the identified uncertainties serve as a feedback loop to the
research community and decisionmakers, specifying areas and types of
information that would be particularly useful.
There are several reasons for individually characterizing the
hazard, dose response, and exposure
[[Page 17770]]
assessments. One is that they are often done by different people than
those who do the integrative analyses. The second is that there is very
often a lapse of time between the conduct of hazard and dose-response
analyses and the conduct of exposure assessment and integrative
analysis. Thus, it is important to capture characterizations of
assessments as the assessments are done to avoid the need to go back
and reconstruct them. Finally, frequently a single hazard assessment is
used by several programs for several different exposure scenarios.
There may be one or several documents involved. ``Integrative
analysis'' is a generic term; and many documents that have other titles
may contain integrative analyses. In the following sections, the
elements of these characterizations are discussed.
1.2.2. Application
The cancer guidelines apply within the framework of policies
provided by applicable EPA statutes and do not alter such policies.
The cancer guidelines cover the assessment of available
data. They do not imply that one kind of data or another is
prerequisite for regulatory action concerning any agent. It is
important that, when evaluating and considering the use of any data,
EPA analysts incorporate the basic standards of quality, as defined by
the EPA Information Quality Guidelines (U.S. EPA, 2002a see Appendix B)
and other Agency guidance on data quality such as the EPA Quality
Manual for Environmental Programs (U.S. EPA, 2000e), as well as OMB
Guidelines for Ensuring and Maximizing the Quality, Utility, and
Integrity of Information Disseminated by Federal Agencies (OMB, 2002).
It is very important that all analyses consider the basic standards of
quality, including objectivity, utility, and integrity. A summary of
the factors and considerations generally used by the Agency when
evaluating and considering the use of scientific and technical
information is contained in EPA's A Summary of General Assessment
Factors for Evaluating the Quality of Scientific and Technical
Information (U.S. EPA, 2003).
Risk management applies directives in statutes, which may
require consideration of potential risk or solely hazard or exposure
potential, along with social, economic, technical, and other factors in
decision making. Risk assessments may be used to support decisions, but
in order to maintain their integrity as decision-making tools, they are
not influenced by consideration of the social or economic consequences
of regulatory action.
The assessment of risk from radiation sources is informed by the
continuing examination of human data by the National Academy of
Sciences/NRC in its series of numbered reports: ``Biological Effects of
Ionizing Radiation.'' Although some of the general principles of these
cancer guidelines may also apply to radiation risk assessments, some of
the details of their risk assessment procedures may not, as they are
most focused on other kinds of agents. Therefore, these cancer
guidelines are not intended to provide the primary source of, or
guidance for, the Agency's evaluation of the carcinogenic risks of
radiation.
Not every EPA assessment has the same scope or depth, a factor
recognized by the National Academy of Sciences (NRC, 1996). For
example, EPA's Information Quality Guidelines (U.S. EPA, 2002a, see
Appendix B) discuss influential information that ``will have or does
have a clear and substantial impact * * * on important public policies
or private sector decisions * * * that should adhere to a rigorous
standard of quality.'' It is often difficult to know a priori how the
results of a risk assessment are likely to be used by the Agency. Some
risk assessments may be used by Agency economists and policy analysts,
and the necessary information for such analyses, as discussed in detail
later in this document, should be included when practicable (U.S. EPA,
2002a). On the other hand, Agency staff often conduct screening-level
assessments for priority setting or separate assessments of hazard or
exposure for ranking purposes or to decide whether to invest resources
in collecting data for a full assessment. Moreover, a given assessment
of hazard and dose response may be used with more than one exposure
assessment that may be conducted separately and at different times as
the need arises in studying environmental problems related to various
exposure media. The cancer guidelines apply to these various situations
in appropriate detail, given the scope and depth of the particular
assessment. For example, a screening assessment may be based almost
entirely on structure-activity relationships (SARs) and default
options, when other data are not readily available. When more data and
resources are readily available, assessments can use a critical
analysis of all of the available data as the starting point of the risk
assessment. Under these conditions, default options would only be used
to address uncertainties or the absence of critical data. Default
options are inferences based on general scientific knowledge of the
phenomena in question and are also matters of policy concerning the
appropriate way to bridge uncertainties that concern potential risk to
human health.
These cancer guidelines do not suggest that all of the kinds of
data covered here will need to be available or used for either
assessment or decision making. The level of detail of an assessment is
a matter of Agency management discretion regarding applicable decision-
making needs. The Agency generally presumes that key cancer information
(e.g., assessments contained in the Agency's Integrated Risk
Information System) is ``influential information'' as defined by the
EPA Information Quality Guidelines and ``highly influential'' as
defined by OMB's Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review (OMB
2004).
1.3. Key Features of the Cancer Guidelines
1.3.1. Critical Analysis of Available Information as the Starting Point
for Evaluation
As an increasing understanding of carcinogenesis is becoming
available, these cancer guidelines adopt a view of default options that
is consistent with EPA's mission to protect human health while adhering
to the tenets of sound science. Rather than viewing default options as
the starting point from which departures may be justified by new
scientific information, these cancer guidelines view a critical
analysis of all of the available information that is relevant to
assessing the carcinogenic risk as the starting point from which a
default option may be invoked if needed to address uncertainty or the
absence of critical information. Preference is given to using
information that has been peer reviewed, e.g., reported in peer-
reviewed scientific journals. The primary goal of EPA actions is
protection of human health; accordingly, as an Agency policy, risk
assessment procedures, including default options that are used in the
absence of scientific data to the contrary, should be health protective
(U.S. EPA, 1999b).
Use of health protective risk assessment procedures as described in
these cancer guidelines means that estimates, while uncertain, are more
likely to overstate than understate hazard and/or risk. NRC (1994)
reaffirmed the use of default options as ``a reasonable way to cope
with uncertainty about the choice of appropriate models or theory'' (p.
104). NRC saw the need to treat uncertainty in a predictable way that
is
[[Page 17771]]
``scientifically defensible, consistent with the agency's statutory
mission, and responsive to the needs of decision-makers'' (p. 86). The
extent of health protection provided to the public ultimately depends
upon what risk managers decide is the appropriate course of regulatory
action. When risk assessments are performed using only one set of
procedures, it may be difficult for risk managers to determine how much
health protectiveness is built into a particular hazard determination
or risk characterization. When there are alternative procedures having
significant biological support, the Agency encourages assessments to be
performed using these alternative procedures, if feasible, in order to
shed light on the uncertainties in the assessment, recognizing that the
Agency may decide to give greater weight to one set of procedures than
another in a specific assessment or management decision.
Encouraging risk assessors to be receptive to new scientific
information, NRC discussed the need for departures from default options
when a ``sufficient showing'' is made. It called on EPA to articulate
clearly its criteria for a departure so that decisions to depart from
default options would be ``scientifically credible and receive public
acceptance'' (p. 91). It was concerned that ad hoc departures would
undercut the scientific credibility of a risk assessment. NRC
envisioned that principles for choosing and departing from default
options would balance several objectives, including ``protecting the
public health, ensuring scientific validity, minimizing serious errors
in estimating risks, maximizing incentives for research, creating an
orderly and predictable process, and fostering openness and
trustworthiness'' (p. 81).
Appendices N-1 and N-2 of NRC (1994) discussed two competing
standards for choosing default options articulated by members of the
committee. One suggested approach would evaluate a departure in terms
of whether ``it is scientifically plausible'' and whether it ``tends to
protect public health in the face of scientific uncertainty'' (p. 601).
An alternative approach ``emphasizes scientific plausibility with
regard to the use of alternative models'' (p. 631). Reaching no
consensus on a single approach, NRC recognized that developing criteria
for departures is an EPA policy matter.
The basis for invoking a default option depends on the
circumstances. Generally, if a gap in basic understanding exists or if
agent-specific information is missing, a default option may be used. If
agent-specific information is present but critical analysis reveals
inadequacies, a default option may also be used. If critical analysis
of agent-specific information is consistent with one or more
biologically based models as well as with the default option, the
alternative models and the default option are both carried through the
assessment and characterized for the risk manager. In this case, the
default model not only fits the data, but also serves as a benchmark
for comparison with other analyses. This case also highlights the
importance of extensive experimentation to support a conclusion about
mode of action, including addressing the issue of whether alternative
modes of action are also plausible. Section 2.4 provides a framework
for critical analysis of mode of action information to address the
extent to which the available information supports the hypothesized
mode of action, whether alternative modes of action are also plausible,
and whether there is confidence that the same inferences can be
extended to populations and lifestages that are not represented among
the experimental data.
Generally, cancer risk decisions strive to be ``scientifically
defensible, consistent with the agency's statutory mission, and
responsive to the needs of decision-makers'' (NRC, 1994). Scientific
defensibility would be evaluated through use of EPA's Science Advisory
Board, EPA's Office of Pesticide Programs' Scientific Advisory Panel,
or other independent expert peer review panels to determine whether a
consensus among scientific experts exists. Consistency with the
Agency's statutory mission would consider whether the risk assessment
overall supports EPA's mission to protect human health and safeguard
the natural environment. Responsiveness to the needs of decisionmakers
would take into account pragmatic considerations such as the nature of
the decision; the required depth of analysis; the utility, time, and
cost of generating new scientific data; and the time, personnel, and
resources allotted to the risk assessment.
With a multitude of types of data, analyses, and risk assessments,
as well as the diversity of needs of decisionmakers, it is neither
possible nor desirable to specify step-by-step criteria for decisions
to invoke a default option. A discussion of major default options
appears in the Appendix. Screening-level assessments may more readily
use default parameters, even worst-case assumptions, that would not be
appropriate in a full-scale assessment. On the other hand, significant
risk management decisions will often benefit from a more comprehensive
assessment, including alternative risk models having significant
biological support. To the extent practicable, such assessments should
provide central estimates of potential risks in conjunction with lower
and upper bounds (e.g., confidence limits) and a clear statement of the
uncertainty associated with these estimates.
In the absence of sufficient data or understanding to develop of a
robust, biologically based model, an appropriate policy choice is to
have a single preferred curve-fitting model for each type of data set.
Many different curve-fitting models have been developed, and those that
fit the observed data reasonably well may lead to several-fold
differences in estimated risk at the lower end of the observed range.
In addition, goodness-of-fit to the experimental observations is not by
itself an effective means of discriminating among models that
adequately fit the data (OSTP, 1985). To provide some measure of
consistency across different carcinogen assessments, EPA uses a
standard curve-fitting procedure for tumor incidence data. Assessments
that include a different approach should provide an adequate
justification and compare their results with those from the standard
procedure. Application of models to data should be conducted in an open
and transparent manner.
1.3.2. Mode of Action
The use of mode of action \2\ in the assessment of potential
carcinogens is a main focus of these cancer guidelines. This area of
emphasis arose because of the significant scientific advances that have
developed concerning the causes of cancer induction. Elucidation of a
mode of action for a particular cancer response in animals or humans is
a data-rich determination. Significant
[[Page 17772]]
information should be developed to ensure that a scientifically
justifiable mode of action underlies the process leading to cancer at a
given site. In the absence of sufficiently, scientifically justifiable
mode of action information, EPA generally takes public health-
protective, default positions regarding the interpretation of
toxicologic and epidemiologic data: Animal tumor findings are judged to
be relevant to humans, and cancer risks are assumed to conform with low
dose linearity.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ The term ``mode of action'' is defined as a sequence of key
events and processes, starting with interaction of an agent with a
cell, proceeding through operational and anatomical changes, and
resulting in cancer formation. A ``key event'' is an empirically
observable precursor step that is itself a necessary element of the
mode of action or is a biologically based marker for such an
element. Mode of action is contrasted with ``mechanism of action,''
which implies a more detailed understanding and description of
events, often at the molecular level, than is meant by mode of
action. The toxicokinetic processes that lead to formation or
distribution of the active agent to the target tissue are considered
in estimating dose but are not part of the mode of action as the
term is used here. There are many examples of possible modes of
carcinogenic action, such as mutagenicity, mitogenesis, inhibition
of cell death, cytotoxicity with reparative cell proliferation, and
immune suppression.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Understanding of mode of action can be a key to identifying
processes that may cause chemical exposures to differentially affect a
particular population segment or lifestage. Some modes of action are
anticipated to be mutagenic and are assessed with a linear approach.
This is the mode of action of radiation and several other agents that
are known carcinogens. Other modes of action may be modeled with either
linear or nonlinear \3\ approaches after a rigorous analysis of
available data under the guidance provided in the framework for mode of
action analysis (see Section 2.4.3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ The term ``nonlinear'' is used here in a narrower sense than
its usual meaning in the field of mathematical modeling. In these
cancer guidelines, the term ``nonlinear'' refers to threshold models
(which show no response over a range of low doses that include zero)
and some nonthreshold models (e.g., a quadractic model, which shows
some response at all doses above zero). In these cancer guidelines,
a nonlinear model is one whose slope is zero at (and perhaps above)
a dose of zero. A low-dose-linear model is one whose slope is
greater than zero at a dose of zero. A low-dose-linear model
approximates a straight line only at very low doses; at higher doses
near the observed data, a low-dose-linear model can display
curvature. The term ``low-dose-linear'' is often abbreviated
``linear,'' although a low-dose-linear model is not linear at all
doses. Use of nonlinear approaches does not imply a biological
threshold dose below which the response is zero. Estimating
thresholds can be problematic; for example, a response that is not
statistically significant can be consistent with a small risk that
falls below an experiment's power of detection.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.3.3. Weight of Evidence Narrative
The cancer guidelines emphasize the importance of weighing all of
the evidence in reaching conclusions about the human carcinogenic
potential of agents. This is accomplished in a single integrative step
after assessing all of the individual lines of evidence, which is in
contrast to the step-wise approach in the 1986 cancer guidelines.
Evidence considered includes tumor findings, or lack thereof, in humans
and laboratory animals; an agent's chemical and physical properties;
its structure-activity relationships (SARs) as compared with other
carcinogenic agents; and studies addressing potential carcinogenic
processes and mode(s) of action, either in vivo or in vitro. Data from
epidemiologic studies are generally preferred for characterizing human
cancer hazard and risk. However, all of the information discussed above
could provide valuable insights into the possible mode(s) of action and
likelihood of human cancer hazard and risk. The cancer guidelines
recognize the growing sophistication of research methods, particularly
in their ability to reveal the modes of action of carcinogenic agents
at cellular and subcellular levels as well as toxicokinetic processes.
Weighing of the evidence includes addressing not only the
likelihood of human carcinogenic effects of the agent but also the
conditions under which such effects may be expressed, to the extent
that these are revealed in the toxicological and other biologically
important features of the agent.
The weight of evidence narrative to characterize hazard summarizes
the results of the hazard assessment and provides a conclusion with
regard to human carcinogenic potential. The narrative explains the
kinds of evidence available and how they fit together in drawing
conclusions, and it points out significant issues/strengths/limitations
of the data and conclusions. Because the narrative also summarizes the
mode of action information, it sets the stage for the discussion of the
rationale underlying a recommended approach to dose-response
assessment.
In order to provide some measure of clarity and consistency in an
otherwise free-form, narrative characterization, standard descriptors
are used as part of the hazard narrative to express the conclusion
regarding the weight of evidence for carcinogenic hazard potential.
There are five recommended standard hazard descriptors: ``Carcinogenic
to Humans,'' ``Likely to Be Carcinogenic to Humans,'' ``Suggestive
Evidence of Carcinogenic Potential,'' ``Inadequate Information to
Assess Carcinogenic Potential,'' and ``Not Likely to Be Carcinogenic to
Humans.'' Each standard descriptor may be applicable to a wide variety
of data sets and weights of evidence and is presented only in the
context of a weight of evidence narrative. Furthermore, as described in
Section 2.5 of these cancer guidelines, more than one conclusion may be
reached for an agent.
1.3.4. Dose-Response Assessment
Dose-response assessment evaluates potential risks to humans at
particular exposure levels. The approach to dose-response assessment
for a particular agent is based on the conclusion reached as to its
potential mode(s) of action for each tumor type. Because an agent may
induce multiple tumor types, the dose-response assessment includes an
analysis of all tumor types, followed by an overall synthesis that
includes a characterization of the risk estimates across tumor types,
the strength of the mode of action information of each tumor type, and
the anticipated relevance of each tumor type to humans, including
susceptible populations and lifestages (e.g., childhood).
Dose-response assessment for each tumor type is performed in two
steps: assessment of observed data to derive a point of departure
(POD),\4\ followed by extrapolation to lower exposures to the extent
that is necessary. Data from epidemiologic studies, of sufficient
quality, are generally preferred for estimating risks. When animal
studies are the basis of the analysis, the estimation of a human-
equivalent dose should utilize toxicokinetic data to inform cross-
species dose scaling if appropriate and if adequate data are available.
Otherwise, default procedures should be applied. For oral dose, based
on current science, an appropriate default option is to scale daily
applied doses experienced for a lifetime in proportion to body weight
raised to the \3/4\ power (U.S. EPA, 1992b). For inhalation dose, based
on current science, an appropriate default methodology estimates
respiratory deposition of particles and gases and estimates internal
doses of gases with different absorption characteristics. When
toxicokinetic modeling (see Section 3.1.2) is used without
toxicodynamic modeling (see Section 3.2.2), the dose-response
assessment develops and supports an approach for addressing
toxicodynamic equivalence, perhaps by retaining some of the cross-
species scaling factor (see Section 3.1.3). Guidance is also provided
for adjustment of dose from adults to children (see Section 4.3.1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ A ``point of departure'' (POD) marks the beginning of
extrapolation to lower doses. The POD is an estimated dose (usually
expressed in human-equivalent terms) near the lower end of the
observed range, without significant extrapolation to lower doses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Response data on effects of the agent on carcinogenic processes are
analyzed (nontumor data) in addition to data on tumor incidence. If
appropriate, the analyses of data on tumor incidence and on precursor
effects may be used in combination. To the extent the relationship
between precursor effects and tumor incidence are known, precursor data
may be used to estimate a dose-response function below the observable
tumor data. Study of the dose-response function for effects
[[Page 17773]]
believed to be part of the carcinogenic process influenced by the agent
may also assist in evaluating the relationship of exposure and response
in the range of observation and at exposure levels below the range of
observation.
The first step of dose-response assessment is evaluation within the
range of observation. Approaches to analysis of the range of
observation of epidemiologic studies are determined by the type of
study and how dose and response are measured in the study. In the
absence of adequate human data for dose-response analysis, animal data
are generally used. If there are sufficient quantitative data and
adequate understanding of the carcinogenic process, a biologically
based model may be developed to relate dose and response data on an
agent-specific basis. Otherwise, as a default procedure, a standard
model can be used to curve-fit the data.
The POD for extrapolating the relationship to environmental
exposure levels of interest, when the latter are outside the range of
observed data, is generally the lower 95% confidence limit on the
lowest dose level that can be supported for modeling by the data. SAB
(1997) suggested that, ``it may be appropriate to emphasize lower
statistical bounds in screening analyses and in activities designed to
develop an appropriate human exposure value, since such activities
require accounting for various types of uncertainties and a lower bound
on the central estimate is a scientifically-based approach accounting
for the uncertainty in the true value of the ED10 [or
central estimate].'' However, the consensus of the SAB (1997) was that,
``both point estimates and statistical bounds can be useful in
different circumstances, and recommended that the Agency routinely
calculate and present the point estimate of the ED10 [or
central estimate] and the corresponding upper and lower 95% statistical
bounds.'' For example, it may be appropriate to emphasize the central
estimate in activities that involve formal uncertainty analysis that
are required by OMB Circular A-4 (OMB, 2003) as well as ranking agents
as to their carcinogenic hazard. Thus, risk assessors should calculate,
to the extent practicable, and present the central estimate and the
corresponding upper and lower statistical bounds (such as confidence
limits) to inform decisionmakers.
The second step of dose-response assessment is extrapolation to
lower dose levels, if needed. This extrapolation is based on extension
of a biologically based model if supported by substantial data (see
Section 3.3.2). Otherwise, default approaches can be applied that are
consistent with current understanding of mode(s) of action of the
agent, including approaches that assume linearity or nonlinearity of
the dose-response relationship, or both. A default approach for
linearity extends a straight line from the POD to zero dose/zero
response (see Section 3.3.3). The linear approach is used when: (1)
There is an absence of sufficient information on modes of action or (2)
the mode of action information indicates that the dose-response curve
at low dose is or is expected to be linear. Where alternative
approaches have significant biological support, and no scientific
consensus favors a single approach, an assessment may present results
using alternative approaches. A nonlinear approach can be used to
develop a reference dose or a reference concentration (see Section
3.3.4).
1.3.5. Susceptible Populations and Lifestages
An important use of mode of action information is to identify
susceptible populations and lifestages. It is rare to have
epidemiologic studies or animal bioassays conducted in susceptible
individuals. This information need can be filled by identifying the key
events of the mode of action and then identifying risk factors, such as
differences due to genetic polymorphisms, disease, altered organ
function, lifestyle, and lifestage, that can augment these key events.
To do this, the information about the key precursor events is reviewed
to identify particular populations or lifestages that can be
particularly susceptible to their occurrence (see Section 2.4.3.4). Any
information suggesting quantitative differences between populations or
lifestages is flagged for consideration in the dose-response assessment
(see Section 3.5 and U.S. EPA 2002b).
1.3.6. Evaluating Risks From Childhood Exposures
NRC (1994) recommended that ``EPA should assess risks to infants
and children whenever it appears that their risks might be greater than
those of adults.'' Executive Order 13045 (1997) requires that ``each
Federal Agency shall make it a high priority to identify and assess
environmental health and safety risks that may disproportionately
affect children, and shall ensure that their policies, programs, and
standards address disproportionate risks that result from environmental
health risks or safety risks.'' In assessing risks to children, EPA
considers both effects manifest during childhood and early-life
exposures that can contribute to effects at any time later in life.
These cancer guidelines view childhood as a sequence of lifestages
rather than viewing children as a subpopulation, the distinction being
that a subpopulation refers to a portion of the population, whereas a
lifestage is inclusive of the entire population. Exposures that are of
concern extend from conception through adolescence and also include
pre-conception exposures of both parents. These cancer guidelines use
the term ``childhood'' in this more inclusive sense.
Rarely are there studies that directly evaluate risks following
early-life exposure. Epidemiologic studies of early-life exposure to
environmental agents are seldom available. Standard animal bioassays
generally begin dosing after the animals are several weeks old, when
many organ systems are mature. This could lead to an understatement of
risk, because an accepted concept in the science of carcinogenesis is
that young animals are usually more susceptible to the carcinogenic
activity of a chemical than are mature animals (McConnell, 1992).
At this time, there is some evidence of higher cancer risks
following early-life exposure. For radiation carcinogenesis, data
indicate that risks for several forms of cancer are highest following
childhood exposure (NRC, 1990; Miller, 1995; U.S. EPA, 1999c). These
human results are supported by the few animal bioassays that include
perinatal (prenatal or early postnatal) exposure. Perinatal exposure to
some agents can induce higher incidences of the tumors seen in standard
bioassays; some examples include vinyl chloride (Maltoni et al., 1981),
diethylnitrosamine (Peto et al., 1984), benzidine, DDT, dieldrin, and
safrole (Vesselinovitch et al., 1979). Moreover, perinatal exposure to
some agents, including vinyl chloride (Maltoni et al., 1981) and
saccharin (Cohen, 1995; Whysner and Williams, 1996), can induce
different tumors that are not seen in standard bioassays. Surveys
comparing perinatal carcinogenesis bioassays with standard bioassays
for a limited number of chemicals (McConnell, 1992; U.S. EPA, 1996b)
have concluded that
The same tumor sites are usually observed following either
perinatal or adult exposure, and
Perinatal exposure in conjunction with adult exposure
usually increases the incidence of tumors or reduces the latent period
before tumors are observed.
The risk attributable to early-life exposure often appears modest
compared with the risk from lifetime exposure, but it can be about 10-
fold
[[Page 17774]]
higher than the risk from an exposure of similar duration occurring
later in life (Ginsberg, 2003). Further research is warranted to
investigate the extent to which these findings apply to specific
agents, chemical classes, and modes of action or in general.
These empirical results are consistent with current understanding
of the biological processes involved in carcinogenesis, which leads to
a reasonable expectation that children can be more susceptible to many
carcinogenic agents (Anderson et al., 2000; Birnbaum and Fenton, 2003;
Ginsberg, 2003; Miller et al., 2002; Scheuplein et al., 2002). Some
aspects potentially leading to childhood susceptibility are listed
below.
Differences in the capacity to metabolize and clear
chemicals can result in larger or smaller internal doses of the active
agent(s).
More frequent cell division during development can result
in enhanced expression of mutations due to the reduced time available
for repair of DNA lesions (Slikker et al., 2004).
Some embryonic cells, such as brain cells, lack key DNA
repair enzymes.
More frequent cell division during development can result
in clonal expansion of cells with mutations from prior unrepaired DNA
damage (Slikker et al., 2004).
Some components of the immune system are not fully
functional during development (Holladay and Smialowicz, 2000; Holsapple
et al., 2003).
Hormonal systems operate at different levels during
different lifestages.
Induction of developmental abnormalities can result in a
predisposition to carcinogenic effects later in life (Anderson et al.,
2000; Birnbaum and Fenton, 2003; Fenton and Davis, 2002).
To evaluate risks from early-life exposure, these cancer guidelines
emphasize the role of toxicokinetic information to estimate levels of
the active agent in children and toxicodynamic information to identify
whether any key events of the mode of action are of increased concern
early in life. Developmental toxicity studies can provide information
on critical periods of exposure for particular targets of toxicity.
An approach to assessing risks from early-life exposure is
presented in Figure 1-1. In the hazard assessment, when there are mode
of action data, the assessment considers whether these data have
special relevance during childhood, considering the various aspects of
development listed above. Examples of such data include toxicokinetics
that predict a sufficiently large internal dose in children or a mode
of action where a key precursor event is more likely to occur during
childhood. There is no recommended default to settle the question of
whether tumors arising through a mode of action are relevant during
childhood; and adequate understanding the mode of action implies that
there are sufficient data (on either the specific agent or the general
mode of action) to form a confident conclusion about relevance during
childhood (see Section 2.4.3.4).
In the dose-response assessment, the potential for susceptibility
during childhood warrants explicit consideration in